Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Probability

1,641 missions · 711 completed

Missions

Open930Completed711All1641
Operations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Is Network Traffic Approximated by Stable Lévy Motion or Fractional Brownian Motion? 1: Infinite Source Poisson Input Under Slow Growth Converges (fidi) to Totally Skewed α-Stable Lévy MotionResearch Paper

Motivation

Measurements of Ethernet and Internet traffic in the 1990s showed that the amount of data offered to a link is bursty on every time scale and that the lengths of transmissions (file sizes, connection durations) have heavy, regularly varying tails. Two families of approximations for the cumulative input were proposed: fractional Brownian motion, which has dependent Gaussian increments, and α-stable Lévy motion, which has independent, heavy-tailed increments. The two lead to very different predictions for buffer overflow and link dimensioning.

T. Mikosch, S. Resnick, H. Rootzén and A. Stegeman (Ann. Appl. Probab. 12 (2002) 23–68) showed that both answers are correct in different regimes, and that the regime is decided by how fast the connection rate grows relative to the time scale. This mission formalizes their result for the infinite source Poisson model under slow growth, where the limit is a totally skewed α-stable Lévy motion. Companion missions treat the ON/OFF model and the fast-growth regime with its fractional Brownian limit.

Setting

A transmission length has law FonF_{\mathrm{on}}Fon​ on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) with tail Fˉon(x)=Fon((x,∞))\bar F_{\mathrm{on}}(x)=F_{\mathrm{on}}((x,\infty))Fˉon​(x)=Fon​((x,∞)). Condition (2.8) asks

Fˉon(x)=x−αL(x),x>0,1<α<2,\bar F_{\mathrm{on}}(x)=x^{-\alpha}L(x),\qquad x>0,\quad 1<\alpha<2,Fˉon​(x)=x−αL(x),x>0,1<α<2,

with LLL slowly varying (L(cx)/L(x)→1L(cx)/L(x)\to1L(cx)/L(x)→1 for every c>0c>0c>0). The mean μon\mu_{\mathrm{on}}μon​ is finite and the variance infinite. The quantile function (2.9) is b(t)=(1/Fˉon)←(t)=inf⁡{x:1/Fˉon(x)≥t}b(t)=(1/\bar F_{\mathrm{on}})^{\leftarrow}(t)=\inf\{x:1/\bar F_{\mathrm{on}}(x)\ge t\}b(t)=(1/Fˉon​)←(t)=inf{x:1/Fˉon​(x)≥t}.

In the TTT-th model, connections start at the points (Γk)k∈Z(\Gamma_k)_{k\in\mathbb Z}(Γk​)k∈Z​ of a homogeneous Poisson process on R\mathbb RR with rate λ=λ(T)\lambda=\lambda(T)λ=λ(T), labelled so that Γ0<0<Γ1\Gamma_0<0<\Gamma_1Γ0​<0<Γ1​. Connection kkk transmits at unit rate for a time XkX_kXk​; the XkX_kXk​ are iid with law FonF_{\mathrm{on}}Fon​ and independent of the Γk\Gamma_kΓk​. The number of active connections and the cumulative input are

N(t)=∑k∈Z1[Γk≤t<Γk+Xk],A(t)=∫0tN(s) ds.N(t)=\sum_{k\in\mathbb Z}\mathbf 1[\Gamma_k\le t<\Gamma_k+X_k],\qquad A(t)=\int_0^tN(s)\,ds .N(t)=k∈Z∑​1[Γk​≤t<Γk​+Xk​],A(t)=∫0t​N(s)ds.

The rate λ(T)\lambda(T)λ(T) is a positive non-decreasing function of TTT. Slow Growth Condition 1 is

lim⁡T→∞b(λT)T=0,\lim_{T\to\infty}\frac{b(\lambda T)}{T}=0,T→∞lim​Tb(λT)​=0,

where b(λT)b(\lambda T)b(λT) is bbb evaluated at λ(T) T\lambda(T)\,Tλ(T)T.

The stable law Sα(σ,β,μ)S_\alpha(\sigma,\beta,\mu)Sα​(σ,β,μ) is the law with characteristic function exp⁡{−σα∣θ∣α(1−iβ sign(θ)tan⁡(πα/2))+iμθ}\exp\{-\sigma^\alpha|\theta|^\alpha(1-i\beta\,\mathrm{sign}(\theta)\tan(\pi\alpha/2))+i\mu\theta\}exp{−σα∣θ∣α(1−iβsign(θ)tan(πα/2))+iμθ} for α≠1\alpha\ne1α=1. α-stable Lévy motion Xα,σ,βX_{\alpha,\sigma,\beta}Xα,σ,β​ has independent stationary increments with X(t)−X(s)∼Sα(σ(t−s)1/α,β,0)X(t)-X(s)\sim S_\alpha(\sigma(t-s)^{1/\alpha},\beta,0)X(t)−X(s)∼Sα​(σ(t−s)1/α,β,0). Write

Cα=1−αΓ(2−α)cos⁡(πα/2)(5.1).C_\alpha=\frac{1-\alpha}{\Gamma(2-\alpha)\cos(\pi\alpha/2)}\quad(5.1).Cα​=Γ(2−α)cos(πα/2)1−α​(5.1).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (corrected scale)

Under (2.8) and Condition 1,

A(T⋅)−Tλμon(⋅)b(λT)→ fidi Xα,Cα−1/α,1(⋅),\frac{A(T\cdot)-T\lambda\mu_{\mathrm{on}}(\cdot)}{b(\lambda T)}\xrightarrow{\ fidi\ }X_{\alpha,C_\alpha^{-1/\alpha},1}(\cdot),b(λT)A(T⋅)−Tλμon​(⋅)​ fidi ​Xα,Cα−1/α​,1​(⋅),

convergence of the finite-dimensional distributions to a totally skewed (β=1\beta=1β=1) α-stable Lévy motion.

On the scale. The paper prints the limit Xα,1,1X_{\alpha,1,1}Xα,1,1​. Its own proof establishes λT P(j1>b(λT)x)→x−α\lambda T\,P(j_1>b(\lambda T)x)\to x^{-\alpha}λTP(j1​>b(λT)x)→x−α (pp. 37–38), which makes αx−α−1dx\alpha x^{-\alpha-1}dxαx−α−1dx the Lévy measure of the limit. The totally skewed stable law with that Lévy measure has σα=Γ(1−α)cos⁡(πα/2)=Cα−1\sigma^\alpha=\Gamma(1-\alpha)\cos(\pi\alpha/2)=C_\alpha^{-1}σα=Γ(1−α)cos(πα/2)=Cα−1​ (Samorodnitsky–Taqqu, Property 1.2.15; also the paper's own criterion on p. 47 with c=1c=1c=1, and the σ\sigmaσ the paper prints in Theorem 2). Since CαC_\alphaCα​ decreases from 2/π2/\pi2/π to 000 on (1,2)(1,2)(1,2) (C1.5≈0.399C_{1.5}\approx0.399C1.5​≈0.399), the printed limit has the wrong scale and the theorem as printed is false. The goal states the corrected scale Cα−1/αC_\alpha^{-1/\alpha}Cα−1/α​; milestones quote the page as printed.

Milestones, in attack order

(2.14), the covariance of NNN; Lemma 1 part 1 (Condition 1   ⟺  λTFˉon(T)→0  ⟺  Cov(NT(0),NT(T))→0\iff\lambda T\bar F_{\mathrm{on}}(T)\to0\iff\mathrm{Cov}(N_T(0),N_T(T))\to0⟺λTFˉon​(T)→0⟺Cov(NT​(0),NT​(T))→0); Lemma 2, slow part (λT2Fˉon(T)/b(λT)→0\lambda T^2\bar F_{\mathrm{on}}(T)/b(\lambda T)\to0λT2Fˉon​(T)/b(λT)→0); (4.15), negligibility of the boundary pieces A2,A3,A4A_2,A_3,A_4A2​,A3​,A4​; the tail limit of j1j_1j1​; (4.17), A12=OP([λT]1/2)=oP(b(λT))A_{12}=O_P([\lambda T]^{1/2})=o_P(b(\lambda T))A12​=OP​([λT]1/2)=oP​(b(λT)); (4.20)–(4.21), A13=o(b(λT))A_{13}=o(b(\lambda T))A13​=o(b(λT)); (4.19), corrected, the stable limit of A11A_{11}A11​; the corrected one-dimensional limit of A(T)A(T)A(T); and EA22=o(b(λT))EA_{22}=o(b(\lambda T))EA22​=o(b(λT)) of §4.5, which reduces the fidi convergence to the one-dimensional one.

Significance

The theorem shows that under slow connection growth the cumulative input is asymptotically a process with independent, infinite-variance increments. Long-range dependence present in each model (the covariance (2.14) decays like h−(α−1)L(h)h^{-(\alpha-1)}L(h)h−(α−1)L(h)) disappears on the time scale TTT, and the heavy tail of the transmission lengths dominates. Together with the fast-growth result (fractional Brownian motion) it explains why both approximations are found in measured traffic, and it identifies the critical quantity b(λT)/Tb(\lambda T)/Tb(λT)/T.

The result is proved in the paper, modulo the scale. No part of it is machine-checked. The mission produces a formal statement of the infinite source Poisson model with its marked point process structure, a formal statement of stable laws and stable Lévy motion through their characteristic functions, and machine-checked versions of the paper's estimates. Correcting the printed scale is part of the output.

Difficulty

The pieces A2,A3,A4,A12,A13,A22A_2,A_3,A_4,A_{12},A_{13},A_{22}A2​,A3​,A4​,A12​,A13​,A22​ are controlled by first moments, regular variation and Lemma 2. The central step is the stable limit of A11A_{11}A11​: a sum of a Poisson number of iid, heavy-tailed summands whose law changes with TTT. A classical central limit theorem does not apply because the variance is infinite, and the summands form a triangular array. The paper cites a point-process limit (Resnick's Exercise 4.4.2.8) for this step; a formal proof needs a convergence theorem for row-wise iid triangular arrays to stable laws, with the constant CαC_\alphaCα​ computed exactly.

Formalization scope

Each TTT has its own probability space carrying the TTT-th model, and every statement quantifies over all such families. The Poisson points are given by their iid exponential spacings −Γ0,Γ1,Γk+1−Γk-\Gamma_0,\Gamma_1,\Gamma_{k+1}-\Gamma_k−Γ0​,Γ1​,Γk+1​−Γk​ (k≠0)(k\ne0)(k=0), indexed by Z\mathbb ZZ. (2.8) is stated as "x↦xαFˉon(x)x\mapsto x^\alpha\bar F_{\mathrm{on}}(x)x↦xαFˉon​(x) is slowly varying", with lengths non-negative. b(t)b(t)b(t) is inf⁡{x>0:tFˉon(x)≤1}\inf\{x>0:t\bar F_{\mathrm{on}}(x)\le1\}inf{x>0:tFˉon​(x)≤1}, which equals the page's generalized inverse for t>0t>0t>0. N(t)N(t)N(t) is a cardinality and the region sums are sums of non-negative terms; their junk values (an infinite set, a non-summable family) occur only on null events. AAA is an interval integral. The growth hypothesis is: λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, non-decreasing, Condition 1. No other hypothesis is added.

The fidi limit is pinned by its characteristic function on Rk\mathbb R^kRk for sorted times 0≤t1≤⋯≤tk0\le t_1\le\dots\le t_k0≤t1​≤⋯≤tk​: the product of the characteristic functions of Sα(σ(tj−tj−1)1/α,1,0)S_\alpha(\sigma(t_j-t_{j-1})^{1/\alpha},1,0)Sα​(σ(tj​−tj−1​)1/α,1,0) evaluated at θj+⋯+θk\theta_j+\dots+\theta_kθj​+⋯+θk​. The existence of the limit law is part of the claim. One-dimensional limits are stated the same way on R\mathbb RR. Convergence in probability to 000 is PT(∣YT∣>η)→0P_T(|Y_T|>\eta)\to0PT​(∣YT​∣>η)→0 for every η>0\eta>0η>0.

Trivializing formalizations are excluded:

  • bbb is never the junk value 000, since its defining set is nonempty and bounded below.
  • The model hypothesis is satisfiable for every rate and length law; a sanity file builds it from product measures, together with a Pareto law satisfying (2.8) and a rate satisfying Condition 1.
  • The limit object is fixed by its characteristic function, not merely asserted to exist.
  • Only fidi convergence is claimed, as on the page. Convergence in the Skorokhod J1J_1J1​ topology fails for this model (Remark after Theorem 1).

A complete development needs regular variation (Karamata's theorem, Potter bounds, generalized inverses), the Poisson random measure of the marked points, and stable limits for triangular arrays. All three are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of the milestones are welcome separately, as are general Mathlib-style lemmas on regular variation.

Selected references

  • T. Mikosch, S. Resnick, H. Rootzén, A. Stegeman, Is network traffic approximated by stable Lévy motion or fractional Brownian motion?, Ann. Appl. Probab. 12(1) (2002) 23–68. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1015961155
  • G. Samorodnitsky, M. S. Taqqu, Stable Non-Gaussian Random Processes, Chapman & Hall, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1201/9780203738818
  • N. H. Bingham, C. M. Goldie, J. L. Teugels, Regular Variation, Cambridge University Press, 1987. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511721434
  • S. I. Resnick, Extreme Values, Regular Variation, and Point Processes, Springer, 1987. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-0-387-75953-1
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Graph TheoryMathematical Physics·Captain: mikedeng1

Ising Models on Locally Tree-Like Graphs 1: On Uniformly Sparse Locally Tree-Like Graphs the Ising Free Entropy Density Converges to the Bethe PredictionResearch Paper

Motivation

The ferromagnetic Ising model is the basic model of statistical mechanics for interacting binary variables. On a finite graph it is a probability distribution over spin configurations, and its normalizing constant, the partition function, encodes the thermodynamics: the free entropy per vertex determines the magnetization, the correlations, and the location of phase transitions. On lattices this quantity is understood only in special cases. On sparse random graphs, such as random regular graphs and Erdős–Rényi graphs with bounded average degree, physicists predicted it with the cavity method (Mézard and Parisi, The Bethe lattice spin glass revisited, 2001): locally these graphs look like trees, and on trees the model can be solved by a recursion. The same recursion underlies belief propagation, the message-passing algorithm used in coding theory and machine learning.

Timeline:

  • Dembo and Montanari (2008/2010), Ising models on locally tree-like graphs, Ann. Appl. Probab. 20 (2010) 565–592: for every uniformly sparse graph sequence converging locally to a Galton–Watson tree whose offspring law has finite mean, the free entropy density converges at every temperature β≥0\beta \ge 0β≥0 and every field BBB, and for B>0B > 0B>0 the limit is the Bethe prediction. Earlier rigorous results covered special cases, among them Erdős–Rényi graphs in a restricted range of parameters (reference [7] of the paper) and random regular graphs (reference [11]).
  • Dembo, Montanari and Sun (2013), Factor models on locally tree-like graphs, extended the approach to a class of factor models on locally tree-like graphs.

Setting

Let Gn=(Vn=[n],En)G_n = (V_n = [n], E_n)Gn​=(Vn​=[n],En​) be a sequence of finite graphs. The Ising measure at inverse temperature β≥0\beta \ge 0β≥0 and magnetic field B∈RB \in \mathbb RB∈R is

μ(x‾)=1Zn(β,B)exp⁡{β∑(i,j)∈Enxixj+B∑i∈Vnxi},xi∈{+1,−1},\mu(\underline x) = \frac{1}{Z_n(\beta,B)} \exp\Big\{\beta \sum_{(i,j)\in E_n} x_i x_j + B \sum_{i \in V_n} x_i\Big\}, \qquad x_i \in \{+1,-1\},μ(x​)=Zn​(β,B)1​exp{β(i,j)∈En​∑​xi​xj​+Bi∈Vn​∑​xi​},xi​∈{+1,−1},

each edge counted once, and the free entropy density is ϕn(β,B)=1nlog⁡Zn(β,B)\phi_n(\beta,B) = \frac1n \log Z_n(\beta,B)ϕn​(β,B)=n1​logZn​(β,B).

A degree distribution is a law P={Pk}P = \{P_k\}P={Pk​} on {0,1,2,… }\{0,1,2,\dots\}{0,1,2,…} with 0<Pˉ=∑kkPk<∞0 < \bar P = \sum_k k P_k < \infty0<Pˉ=∑k​kPk​<∞; its size-biased version is ρk=kPk/Pˉ\rho_k = k P_k/\bar Pρk​=kPk​/Pˉ, and ρˉ=∑k(k−1)ρk\bar\rho = \sum_k (k-1)\rho_kρˉ​=∑k​(k−1)ρk​. The Galton–Watson tree T(P,ρ,∞)T(P,\rho,\infty)T(P,ρ,∞) has a root with kkk children with probability PkP_kPk​, and every other vertex independently has k−1k-1k−1 children with probability ρk\rho_kρk​; T(P,ρ,t)T(P,\rho,t)T(P,ρ,t) is its first ttt generations.

The ball Bi(t)B_i(t)Bi​(t) is the subgraph induced by the vertices within distance ttt of iii, rooted at iii. The sequence converges locally to T(P,ρ,∞)T(P,\rho,\infty)T(P,ρ,∞) if, for every ttt and every rooted tree TTT, the fraction of vertices iii with Bi(t)≃TB_i(t) \simeq TBi​(t)≃T (root-preserving isomorphism) tends to P{T(P,ρ,t)≃T}\mathbb P\{T(P,\rho,t) \simeq T\}P{T(P,ρ,t)≃T}. It is uniformly sparse if lim⁡l→∞lim sup⁡n1n∑i∣∂i∣ I(∣∂i∣≥l)=0\lim_{l\to\infty}\limsup_n \frac1n\sum_i |\partial i|\,\mathbb I(|\partial i| \ge l) = 0liml→∞​limsupn​n1​∑i​∣∂i∣I(∣∂i∣≥l)=0.

The cavity recursion acts on laws of a real random variable hhh:

h=dB+∑i=1K−1ξ(β,hi),ξ(β,h)=atanh⁡[tanh⁡βtanh⁡h],h \overset{d}{=} B + \sum_{i=1}^{K-1} \xi(\beta, h_i), \qquad \xi(\beta,h) = \operatorname{atanh}[\tanh\beta \tanh h],h=dB+i=1∑K−1​ξ(β,hi​),ξ(β,h)=atanh[tanhβtanhh],

with K∼ρK \sim \rhoK∼ρ and hih_ihi​ i.i.d. copies of hhh independent of KKK. For B>0B > 0B>0 it has a unique fixed point h∗h^*h∗ supported on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞). The Bethe functional of a law of hhh is

φh(β,B)=Pˉ2log⁡cosh⁡β−Pˉ2Elog⁡[1+tanh⁡βtanh⁡h1tanh⁡h2]+Elog⁡{eB∏i=1L[1+tanh⁡βtanh⁡hi]+e−B∏i=1L[1−tanh⁡βtanh⁡hi]},\varphi_h(\beta,B) = \frac{\bar P}{2}\log\cosh\beta - \frac{\bar P}{2}\mathbb E\log[1+\tanh\beta\tanh h_1\tanh h_2] + \mathbb E\log\Big\{e^B\prod_{i=1}^L[1+\tanh\beta\tanh h_i] + e^{-B}\prod_{i=1}^L[1-\tanh\beta\tanh h_i]\Big\},φh​(β,B)=2Pˉ​logcoshβ−2Pˉ​Elog[1+tanhβtanhh1​tanhh2​]+Elog{eBi=1∏L​[1+tanhβtanhhi​]+e−Bi=1∏L​[1−tanhβtanhhi​]},

with L∼PL \sim PL∼P independent of the hih_ihi​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.4

Assume {Gn}\{G_n\}{Gn​} is uniformly sparse, converges locally to T(P,ρ,∞)T(P,\rho,\infty)T(P,ρ,∞), and ∑kkρk<∞\sum_k k\rho_k < \infty∑k​kρk​<∞. Then for every β≥0\beta \ge 0β≥0:

lim⁡n→∞ϕn(β,B)=φh∗(β,∣B∣)(B≠0),\lim_{n\to\infty}\phi_n(\beta,B) = \varphi_{h^*}(\beta,|B|) \quad (B \ne 0),n→∞lim​ϕn​(β,B)=φh∗​(β,∣B∣)(B=0),

and φh∗(β,B)\varphi_{h^*}(\beta,B)φh∗​(β,B) has a limit L0L_0L0​ as B↓0B \downarrow 0B↓0, with ϕn(β,0)→L0\phi_n(\beta,0) \to L_0ϕn​(β,0)→L0​. This is the paper's statement that the limit exists for every BBB, equals (2.9) for B>0B > 0B>0, is even in BBB, and is continuous at B=0B = 0B=0.

Milestones

  1. Tools on Ising models: Griffiths' inequality (Theorem 3.1), the GHS inequality (Theorem 3.2), the subtree-marginal identity (Lemma 4.1).
  2. Trees: the boundary effect on the root magnetization, E{mℓ,+−mℓ,0}≤M/ℓ\mathbb E\{m^{\ell,+}-m^{\ell,0}\} \le M/\ellE{mℓ,+−mℓ,0}≤M/ℓ (Lemma 4.3); the correlation factorization (Lemma 4.4); exponential decay of root-to-generation correlations (Corollary 4.5, (4.13)).
  3. The recursion: monotone convergence to the unique nonnegative fixed point (Lemma 2.3) and its Lipschitz dependence on β\betaβ in Monge–Kantorovich distance (Lemma 4.6).
  4. The Bethe functional: the second-order perturbation bound (Lemma 6.1, Remark 6.2) and its consequence, stationarity of φh\varphi_hφh​ at fixed points (Corollary 6.3, with corrected constant).
  5. From trees to graphs: edge averages converge to averages over the edge-rooted tree Tˉ(ρ,t)\bar T(\rho,t)Tˉ(ρ,t) (Lemma 6.4), and ∂βϕn=1n∑(i,j)∈En⟨xixj⟩n\partial_\beta\phi_n = \frac1n\sum_{(i,j)\in E_n}\langle x_ix_j\rangle_n∂β​ϕn​=n1​∑(i,j)∈En​​⟨xi​xj​⟩n​ (6.10).

Significance

The result. Theorem 2.4 establishes the replica-symmetric (Bethe) formula for the ferromagnetic Ising model on the standard sparse random graph ensembles at all temperatures, including below the critical temperature tanh⁡βc=1/ρˉ\tanh\beta_c = 1/\bar\rhotanhβc​=1/ρˉ​ where the Gibbs measure on the limiting tree is not unique. It identifies the free energy of random regular graphs, Erdős–Rényi graphs and configuration models with arbitrary degree distributions of finite variance, and the derivative identities that follow give the limiting magnetization and energy per edge. The tree estimates of Section 4 also yield the convergence of belief propagation (the companion mission of this series).

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved; nothing in this mission has been machine-checked before. A formal proof requires infrastructure that Lean's Mathlib does not have: Ising measures with boundary conditions, correlation inequalities, Galton–Watson trees as laws of offspring functions, local weak convergence of graph sequences, distributional fixed-point equations, and the Monge–Kantorovich distance on the real line. While stating the milestones, Corollary 6.3 turned out to be false as printed (the constant Pˉρˉ\bar P\bar\rhoPˉρˉ​ should be E[L2]\mathbb E[L^2]E[L2]; a counterexample is P=δ1P = \delta_1P=δ1​); the mission states the corrected version, which is what the paper's proof gives.

Difficulty

The obvious route through uniqueness of the Gibbs measure on the tree fails below the critical temperature: different boundary conditions give different limits, so local quantities are not determined by the local graph structure alone. The paper replaces uniqueness by insensitivity to positive boundary conditions when B>0B > 0B>0 (Lemma 4.3), which rests on Griffiths and GHS monotonicity and on averaging over the random tree; the deterministic statement is false. Passing from derivatives to the free entropy itself requires that the Bethe functional be stationary in the cavity law (Corollary 6.3), so that the β\betaβ-dependence of h∗h^*h∗ can be ignored. Finally, the case B=0B = 0B=0 at low temperature is reached only as a limit: there is no fixed-point characterization at B=0B = 0B=0.

Formalization scope

  • Spins are Booleans (+1+1+1 = true); edges are unordered and counted once. Graphs GnG_nGn​ live on Fin n.
  • A field Bi=+∞B_i = +\inftyBi​=+∞ (plus boundary) is encoded by pinning vertex iii to +1+1+1, never by a large real field.
  • Rooted trees are offspring functions List ℕ → ℕ in Ulam–Harris form; random trees are laws of offspring functions under the product σ-algebra. Galton–Watson trees are infinite product measures. Fields on trees are nonrandom functions of the vertex.
  • Laws of cavity fields are probability measures on R\mathbb RR; the recursion is a map on ProbabilityMeasure ℝ, and convergence in distribution is weak convergence. Expectations over L∼PL \sim PL∼P are series ∑lPl E[⋅]\sum_l P_l\,\mathbb E[\cdot]∑l​Pl​E[⋅] with product laws.
  • The Monge–Kantorovich distance takes values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. Uniform sparsity is computed in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] so that an unbounded sequence does not get a junk lim sup⁡\limsuplimsup of 000.
  • The fixed point h∗h^*h∗ in the goal is the one supported on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), selected by choice; Lemma 2.3 shows it exists and is unique, so an arbitrary fixed point cannot be substituted. Theorem 2.4 is stated with β≥0\beta \ge 0β≥0 and asserts convergence for B>0B > 0B>0, B<0B < 0B<0 and B=0B = 0B=0 separately; the B=0B = 0B=0 clause asserts the existence of the one-sided limit rather than assuming it.

A complete development needs: Griffiths and GHS inequalities for finite Ising models (reusable for any ferromagnetic model); Ulam–Harris random trees with conditional independence; local weak convergence of graph sequences (reusable for random graph theory); distributional recursions with stochastic ordering; and the coupling characterization of the Wasserstein-1 distance on R\mathbb RR. Contributions of any milestone are welcome, as are proofs of the classical inequalities of Section 3 independent of this paper.

Selected references

  • A. Dembo, A. Montanari, Ising models on locally tree-like graphs, Ann. Appl. Probab. 20(2) (2010) 565–592. https://arxiv.org/abs/0804.4726v3 , https://doi.org/10.1214/09-AAP627
  • M. Mézard, G. Parisi, The Bethe lattice spin glass revisited, Eur. Phys. J. B 20 (2001) 217–233. https://doi.org/10.1007/PL00011099
  • R. B. Griffiths, C. A. Hurst, S. Sherman, Concavity of magnetization of an Ising ferromagnet in a positive external field, J. Math. Phys. 11 (1970) 790–795. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.1665211
  • T. M. Liggett, Interacting Particle Systems, Springer, 1985 (Theorem IV.1.21, Griffiths' inequality). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4613-8542-4
  • A. Dembo, A. Montanari, N. Sun, Factor models on locally tree-like graphs, Ann. Probab. 41(6) (2013) 4162–4213. https://doi.org/10.1214/12-AOP828
27 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Inventory Management of a Fast-Fashion Retail Network 1: Expected Sales Under the Major-Size Display Policy Are Non-Decreasing, Discretely Concave and SupermodularResearch Paper

Motivation

Fast-fashion retailers such as Zara replenish their stores several times a week from a central warehouse, and the warehouse holds a limited stock of each garment that must be split across hundreds of stores. Caro and Gallien built the store-level sales model behind the shipment-allocation system they developed with Zara and tested in a live pilot (Caro and Gallien, Inventory Management of a Fast-Fashion Retail Network, working paper, August 2, 2007; published in Operations Research 58(2), 2010). One display policy shapes the model. A garment (a reference) comes in several sizes, a few of which are designated major sizes. As soon as one major size runs out in a store, the whole reference is removed from the shop floor, so the remaining stock of the other sizes stops selling.

The allocation optimization only works if expected store sales have the right shape. They must grow with inventory, show decreasing marginal returns, and show complementarity across sizes. Proposition 1 of the paper establishes these properties for the model. The paper also cites the analogous result of Lu and Song (2003) for assemble-to-order systems as the template for its proof.

Setting

Fix a finite set of sizes S\mathcal SS, split into the major sizes S+\mathcal S^+S+ and the minor sizes S−=S∖S+\mathcal S^- = \mathcal S \setminus \mathcal S^+S−=S∖S+. Time t≥0t \ge 0t≥0 is measured from the last replenishment, and the next replenishment comes at time T>0T > 0T>0.

Demand is random. On a probability space, each size sss has a counting process Ns(t)N_s(t)Ns​(t), the number of sale opportunities for sss in [0,t][0, t][0,t]. It is a Poisson process with rate λs>0\lambda_s > 0λs​>0:

  • Ns(0)=0N_s(0) = 0Ns​(0)=0;
  • its paths are non-decreasing and right-continuous with jumps of size one;
  • the increment Ns(t)−Ns(u)N_s(t) - N_s(u)Ns​(t)−Ns​(u) is Poisson with mean λs(t−u)\lambda_s (t-u)λs​(t−u);
  • increments over disjoint intervals are independent.

The processes of different sizes are mutually independent. In Lean this family is IsPoissonFamily lam N P.

An inventory vector q=(qs)∈NSq = (q_s) \in \mathbb N^{\mathcal S}q=(qs​)∈NS gives the stock of each size right after replenishment. The virtual stockout time of size sss is

τs(qs)=inf⁡{t≥0:Ns(t)=qs},\tau_s(q_s) = \inf\{t \ge 0 : N_s(t) = q_s\},τs​(qs​)=inf{t≥0:Ns​(t)=qs​},

the time at which size sss would run out if it stayed on display. For a set of sizes A\mathcal AA, write τA=min⁡s∈Aτs(qs)\tau_{\mathcal A} = \min_{s \in \mathcal A} \tau_s(q_s)τA​=mins∈A​τs​(qs​) and a∧b=min⁡(a,b)a \wedge b = \min(a, b)a∧b=min(a,b). Under the major-size policy, the random sales over one period are

G(q)=∑s∈S+Ns(τS+∧T)+∑s∈S−Ns(τS+∪{s}∧T).(1)G(q) = \sum_{s \in \mathcal S^+} N_s(\tau_{\mathcal S^+} \wedge T) + \sum_{s \in \mathcal S^-} N_s(\tau_{\mathcal S^+ \cup \{s\}} \wedge T). \tag{1}G(q)=s∈S+∑​Ns​(τS+​∧T)+s∈S−∑​Ns​(τS+∪{s}​∧T).(1)

The expected sales function is g(q)=E[G(q)]g(q) = \mathbb E[G(q)]g(q)=E[G(q)] (expectedSales). The proof also uses hA(q)=E[τA∧T]h^{\mathcal A}(q) = \mathbb E[\tau_{\mathcal A} \wedge T]hA(q)=E[τA​∧T] (hA) and the marginal difference Δsf(q)=f(q+es)−f(q)\Delta_s f(q) = f(q + e_s) - f(q)Δs​f(q)=f(q+es​)−f(q) (delta), where ese_ses​ is the sss-th unit vector.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 1

For every q∈NSq \in \mathbb N^{\mathcal S}q∈NS and all sizes s≠s′s \ne s's=s′:

g is non-decreasing,Δsg(q+es)≤Δsg(q),Δsg(q)≤Δsg(q+es′),g \text{ is non-decreasing}, \qquad \Delta_s g(q + e_s) \le \Delta_s g(q), \qquad \Delta_s g(q) \le \Delta_s g(q + e_{s'}),g is non-decreasing,Δs​g(q+es​)≤Δs​g(q),Δs​g(q)≤Δs​g(q+es′​),

and ggg is supermodular on the lattice NS\mathbb N^{\mathcal S}NS:

g(q)+g(q′)≤g(q∨q′)+g(q∧q′).g(q) + g(q') \le g(q \vee q') + g(q \wedge q').g(q)+g(q′)≤g(q∨q′)+g(q∧q′).

The statement is uniform in the rates, the horizon and the choice of major sizes, so it covers every instance of the model.

Milestones (Appendix §5.1 and §3.1.3, in the order the proof uses them)

  1. On every sample path, q↦G(q)q \mapsto G(q)q↦G(q) is non-decreasing.
  2. Identity (2): g(q)=λS+hS+(q)+∑s∈S−λshS+∪{s}(q)g(q) = \lambda_{\mathcal S^+} h^{\mathcal S^+}(q) + \sum_{s \in \mathcal S^-} \lambda_s h^{\mathcal S^+ \cup \{s\}}(q)g(q)=λS+​hS+(q)+∑s∈S−​λs​hS+∪{s}(q), where λS+=∑s∈S+λs\lambda_{\mathcal S^+} = \sum_{s \in \mathcal S^+} \lambda_sλS+​=∑s∈S+​λs​.
  3. For s∈As \in \mathcal As∈A, ΔshA(q)\Delta_s h^{\mathcal A}(q)Δs​hA(q) equals an integral over [0,T][0, T][0,T] of Poisson probabilities, and that integral equals 1λsP(τs(qs+1)≤τA∖{s}∧T)\frac{1}{\lambda_s}\mathbb P(\tau_s(q_s+1) \le \tau_{\mathcal A \setminus \{s\}} \wedge T)λs​1​P(τs​(qs​+1)≤τA∖{s}​∧T).
  4. ΔshA\Delta_s h^{\mathcal A}Δs​hA is non-increasing in qsq_sqs​ and non-decreasing in qs′q_{s'}qs′​ for s′≠ss' \ne ss′=s.
  5. On every sample path, q↦τA∧Tq \mapsto \tau_{\mathcal A} \wedge Tq↦τA​∧T is supermodular.
  6. hAh^{\mathcal A}hA is supermodular.

Significance

The result. Proposition 1 justifies treating each store's expected sales as a concave, complementary function of the size profile. The paper's allocation MIP is built on that structure. It approximates ggg by a lower envelope of tangents and embeds the approximation in a mixed integer program that allocates warehouse stock across stores. The proposition explains why sending a unit of a major size can raise the value of the minor sizes already in a store. It also explains why the marginal value of a size falls as more of it is shipped. Without these properties a greedy or envelope-based allocation would have no structural footing.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper, with one error in the printed proof. The last line of the Appendix display gives ΔshA(q)\Delta_s h^{\mathcal A}(q)Δs​hA(q) as a probability, but the quantity is a time. The correct value carries a factor 1/λs1/\lambda_s1/λs​ and has qs+1q_s + 1qs​+1 in place of qsq_sqs​. This mission states the corrected identity. As far as is known, no machine-checked proof of any part of the result exists. A complete development would give a verified link from a continuous-time stochastic model to the discrete convexity properties that inventory optimization relies on. It would also produce reusable facts about Poisson processes and their hitting times along the way.

Difficulty

The monotonicity of ggg is pathwise and elementary. The other properties are not pathwise properties of GGG. Under the major-size policy, a realisation of GGG need not have decreasing increments in qsq_sqs​. The concavity and the complementarity appear only after taking expectations and rewriting ggg through the stopping times, using identity (2). That identity is an optional-sampling statement for the compensated Poisson processes at the bounded random times τA∧T\tau_{\mathcal A} \wedge TτA​∧T. These times depend on several independent processes at once, so the relevant filtration is the joint one. Mathlib has optional sampling only in discrete time.

The marginal-difference formula needs three ingredients:

  • the tail-integral representation of E[τA∧T]\mathbb E[\tau_{\mathcal A} \wedge T]E[τA​∧T];
  • the factorisation of P(τA>t)\mathbb P(\tau_{\mathcal A} > t)P(τA​>t) through independence across sizes;
  • the Erlang law of the hitting times τs(k)\tau_s(k)τs​(k).

The first idea, proving concavity of ggg directly from (1) path by path, fails for the reason above.

Formalization scope

All objects live in the namespace FastFashion.Structure:

  • Sizes: a Fintype with decidable equality. The major sizes are a Finset Sp and the minor sizes are its complement. No nonemptiness assumption is placed on the sizes or on S+\mathcal S^+S+; S+=∅\mathcal S^+ = \emptysetS+=∅ is allowed, as in the paper.
  • Inventories: vectors q:S→Nq : \mathcal S \to \mathbb Nq:S→N with the componentwise order and lattice operations. ese_ses​ is Pi.single s 1.
  • Stockout times: τs(qs)\tau_s(q_s)τs​(qs​) takes values in WithTop ℝ. It is +∞+\infty+∞ on paths that never reach qsq_sqs​, so it is never Lean's junk value 000, and τ∅=+∞\tau_\emptyset = +\inftyτ∅​=+∞. The truncation τA∧T\tau_{\mathcal A} \wedge TτA​∧T (stopMin) is a real number in [0,T][0, T][0,T].
  • Expectations and probabilities: expectations are Bochner integrals. They need no integrability hypothesis, because 0≤G(q)≤∑sNs(T)0 \le G(q) \le \sum_s N_s(T)0≤G(q)≤∑s​Ns​(T) and 0≤τA∧T≤T0 \le \tau_{\mathcal A} \wedge T \le T0≤τA​∧T≤T. Probabilities are real numbers.
  • Supermodularity: Topkis's lattice definition, the published platform definition Supermodularity.Monotonicity.SupermodularOn, applied on the whole lattice.
  • Poisson family: the processes are independent as whole processes. The σ-algebras generated by all times are independent, not only the one-dimensional marginals.

Two formalizations would trivialize the mission, and neither is used. ggg is defined as the expectation of GGG from (1), never by formula (2), and hAh^{\mathcal A}hA is never defined by a product-of-probabilities integral. Proposition 1 states both readings of "supermodular": the per-coordinate marginal-difference inequalities and the lattice inequality.

Deviations from the printed text:

  • The last line of the Appendix display is replaced by 1λsP(τs(qs+1)≤τA∖{s}∧T)\frac{1}{\lambda_s}\mathbb P(\tau_s(q_s+1) \le \tau_{\mathcal A\setminus\{s\}} \wedge T)λs​1​P(τs​(qs​+1)≤τA∖{s}​∧T).
  • "non-decreasing in xsx_sxs​" in Proposition 1 is read as qsq_sqs​.

Infrastructure a complete development needs:

  • hitting times of counting processes and their Erlang laws;
  • a continuous-time optional sampling theorem for the compensated Poisson process, or a direct computation from independent increments;
  • the tail formula E[X]=∫0∞P(X>t) dt\mathbb E[X] = \int_0^\infty \mathbb P(X > t)\,dtE[X]=∫0∞​P(X>t)dt for bounded non-negative XXX;
  • lattice facts about minima of single-variable increasing functions.

The Poisson-process and hitting-time lemmas are reusable well beyond this mission and are welcome as separate contributions. The companion mission on the paper's tangent-envelope approximation uses the same model layer.

Selected references

  • F. Caro, J. Gallien, Inventory Management of a Fast-Fashion Retail Network, working paper, August 2, 2007; published in Operations Research 58(2):257–273, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0698
  • D. M. Topkis, Supermodularity and Complementarity, Princeton University Press, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400822539
  • Y. Lu, J.-S. Song, Order-Based Cost Optimization in Assemble-to-Order Systems, Operations Research 53(1):151–169, 2005 (working paper 2003). https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1040.0146
  • I. Karatzas, S. E. Shreve, Brownian Motion and Stochastic Calculus, 2nd ed., Springer, 1991. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4612-0949-2
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Reliable Facility Location Design Under the Risk of Disruptions 1: With R = J the Compact Level-Assignment Formulation Equals the Scenario-Based Stochastic ProgramResearch Paper

Motivation

Facility location models decide where to open depots, warehouses or service centres and which customers each one serves. Classical models assume that an open facility always works. In practice facilities are disrupted by weather, strikes, power loss or supplier failure, and a network designed for normal operation can become very expensive when its nearest facilities go down. Reliable facility location models place facilities so that the sum of the fixed cost and the expected transportation cost, taken over random facility failures, is minimal.

Cui, Ouyang and Shen (UCTC-FR-2010-02, 2010; published as Oper. Res. 58(4):998–1011) study the case in which each site fails independently with its own probability. The most direct model of this situation is a scenario-based stochastic program: list every pattern of failures, give it its probability, and let each customer be served optimally in each pattern. That program has 2J2^J2J scenarios for JJJ candidate sites and cannot be written down for realistic JJJ. The paper proposes instead a compact formulation in which each customer receives an ordered list of backup facilities ("levels") and the probability that each level is the one that serves her is carried by a small set of recursive variables. This mission is about the claim that the compact model loses nothing.

The level-assignment technique comes from Snyder and Daskin (Transp. Sci. 39(3):400–416, 2005), who treated the case of one common failure probability for all sites. The uniform-probability model of Snyder and Shen's textbook is on the platform as SupplyChainTheory_disruptions; it is a different model (one qqq, no cap on the number of levels) and is not reused here.

Setting

There are III customers i=0,…,I−1i = 0,\dots,I-1i=0,…,I−1 with demand rates λi≥0\lambda_i \ge 0λi​≥0 and JJJ candidate sites j=0,…,J−1j = 0,\dots,J-1j=0,…,J−1 with fixed costs fjf_jfj​ and failure probabilities 0≤qj<10 \le q_j < 10≤qj​<1. Failures are independent. Shipping one unit from site jjj to customer iii costs dijd_{ij}dij​, and each unit of missed demand of customer iii costs a penalty ϕi\phi_iϕi​. An emergency facility with index JJJ never fails (qJ=0q_J = 0qJ​=0), costs nothing to open (fJ=0f_J = 0fJ​=0), and "serves" at the penalty cost diJ=ϕid_{iJ} = \phi_idiJ​=ϕi​.

The compact model (RUFL). Each customer is assigned to facilities at levels r=0,…,Rr = 0,\dots,Rr=0,…,R, with R≥1R \ge 1R≥1; a level-rrr facility serves her exactly when all her facilities at levels 0,…,r−10,\dots,r-10,…,r−1 have failed. The variables are Xj∈{0,1}X_j\in\{0,1\}Xj​∈{0,1} (site jjj open), Yijr∈{0,1}Y_{ijr}\in\{0,1\}Yijr​∈{0,1} (facility jjj is customer iii's level-rrr facility) and PijrP_{ijr}Pijr​, the probability that jjj serves iii at level rrr. Constraints (1b)–(1d) say that each level holds one facility until the emergency facility appears, which happens exactly once, and that only open sites are used, each at most once. Constraints (1e)–(1f) fix PPP: Pij0=1−qjP_{ij0} = 1-q_jPij0​=1−qj​ and Pijr=(1−qj)∑k<Jqk1−qkPi,k,r−1Yi,k,r−1P_{ijr} = (1-q_j)\sum_{k<J}\frac{q_k}{1-q_k}P_{i,k,r-1}Y_{i,k,r-1}Pijr​=(1−qj​)∑k<J​1−qk​qk​​Pi,k,r−1​Yi,k,r−1​. The objective is

Φ(X,Y,P)=∑j=0J−1fjXj+∑i=0I−1∑j=0J∑r=0RλidijPijrYijr.\Phi(X,Y,P) = \sum_{j=0}^{J-1} f_jX_j + \sum_{i=0}^{I-1}\sum_{j=0}^{J}\sum_{r=0}^{R}\lambda_i d_{ij}P_{ijr}Y_{ijr}.Φ(X,Y,P)=j=0∑J−1​fj​Xj​+i=0∑I−1​j=0∑J​r=0∑R​λi​dij​Pijr​Yijr​.

The scenario model (SSP). A scenario is ω∈Ω={0,1}J\omega\in\Omega=\{0,1\}^Jω∈Ω={0,1}J, with δjω=1\delta_{j\omega}=1δjω​=1 if site jjj operates in ω\omegaω (and δJω=1\delta_{J\omega}=1δJω​=1 always). Its probability is pω=∏j<J(1−qj)δjωqj1−δjωp_\omega = \prod_{j<J}(1-q_j)^{\delta_{j\omega}}q_j^{1-\delta_{j\omega}}pω​=∏j<J​(1−qj​)δjω​qj1−δjω​​. With Yijω∈{0,1}Y_{ij\omega}\in\{0,1\}Yijω​∈{0,1} (customer iii served by jjj in ω\omegaω), (SSP) minimizes

Ψ(X,Y)=∑j=0J−1fjXj+∑i=0I−1∑j=0J∑ω∈ΩλidijpωYijω\Psi(X,Y) = \sum_{j=0}^{J-1} f_jX_j + \sum_{i=0}^{I-1}\sum_{j=0}^{J}\sum_{\omega\in\Omega}\lambda_i d_{ij}p_\omega Y_{ij\omega}Ψ(X,Y)=j=0∑J−1​fj​Xj​+i=0∑I−1​j=0∑J​ω∈Ω∑​λi​dij​pω​Yijω​

subject to ∑j=0JYijω=1\sum_{j=0}^{J}Y_{ij\omega}=1∑j=0J​Yijω​=1 and Yijω≤δjωXjY_{ij\omega}\le\delta_{j\omega}X_jYijω​≤δjω​Xj​ for regular jjj.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 1 (p. 10)

If R=JR = JR=J, both programs have optimal solutions, and for every optimal (X,Y,P)(X,Y,P)(X,Y,P) of (RUFL) and every optimal (X′,Y′)(X',Y')(X′,Y′) of (SSP),

Φ(X,Y,P)=Ψ(X′,Y′).\Phi(X,Y,P) = \Psi(X',Y').Φ(X,Y,P)=Ψ(X′,Y′).

The paper states this as "formulation (1a)–(1g) is equivalent to the stochastic programming formulation that covers all failure scenarios"; its proof shows equality of optimal values, and that is the reading formalized.

Milestones (Appendix A.1, pp. 32–34)

  1. Scenario-probability identity. For distinct regular sites j(0),…,j(r−1)j(0),\dots,j(r-1)j(0),…,j(r−1) and a facility j(r)j(r)j(r) not among them, the scenarios in which j(0),…,j(r−1)j(0),\dots,j(r-1)j(0),…,j(r−1) fail and j(r)j(r)j(r) operates have total probability
∑ω∈Ω(i,r)pω=(1−qj(r))∏ℓ=0r−1qj(ℓ).\sum_{\omega\in\Omega(i,r)}p_\omega = (1-q_{j(r)})\prod_{\ell=0}^{r-1}q_{j(\ell)}.ω∈Ω(i,r)∑​pω​=(1−qj(r)​)ℓ=0∏r−1​qj(ℓ)​.
  1. (RUFL) → (SSP). Every (RUFL)-feasible (X,Y,P)(X,Y,P)(X,Y,P) has an (SSP)-feasible (X,Y′)(X,Y')(X,Y′) with Ψ(X,Y′)=Φ(X,Y,P)\Psi(X,Y') = \Phi(X,Y,P)Ψ(X,Y′)=Φ(X,Y,P), for any RRR.
  2. Normalization. Some optimal solution of (SSP), with the same XXX, serves every customer in every scenario by her closest operating open facility, ties to the lowest index.
  3. (SSP) → (RUFL). If R=JR = JR=J, every normalized (SSP)-feasible (X,Y)(X,Y)(X,Y) has a (RUFL)-feasible (X,Y′,P′)(X,Y',P')(X,Y′,P′) with Φ(X,Y′,P′)=Ψ(X,Y)\Phi(X,Y',P') = \Psi(X,Y)Φ(X,Y′,P′)=Ψ(X,Y).

Significance

The proposition says that, with enough levels, the compact model is exact: its optimal value is the true minimum expected cost over all failure patterns. The compact model has O(IJR)O(IJR)O(IJR) variables and constraints against O(IJ2J)O(IJ2^J)O(IJ2J) for (SSP), and after the standard linearization of the products PijrYijrP_{ijr}Y_{ijr}Pijr​Yijr​ it is an ordinary mixed-integer program to which the paper's Lagrangian relaxation applies. For R<JR<JR<J the paper notes the compact model is in general not equivalent; Proposition 1 is the anchor that says what the parameter RRR trades away.

The result is proved in the paper; as far as we know it has not been formalized. The work here is to formalize that proof: the product-measure computation behind milestone 1, the two explicit solution maps, and the exchange argument behind the normalization. The probability identity for "first success in an ordered list of independent trials" and the scenario-to-level bookkeeping are reusable for other reliability models built on Snyder–Daskin levels.

Difficulty

The cost identities are routine once the right bookkeeping is in place; the obstacle is that bookkeeping. In direction (RUFL) → (SSP) one must show that the recursion (1e)–(1f), which multiplies by qk/(1−qk)q_k/(1-q_k)qk​/(1−qk​) and sums over all regular kkk, collapses to the closed product (1−qj(r))∏ℓ<rqj(ℓ)(1-q_{j(r)})\prod_{\ell<r}q_{j(\ell)}(1−qj(r)​)∏ℓ<r​qj(ℓ)​ along a customer's assigned list, using that (1b)–(1d) put exactly one facility on each level until the emergency facility and that (1c) forbids repeats. Then the sum over the 2J2^J2J scenarios must be regrouped by the first operating facility on that list, which needs milestone 1 on a product space.

The converse direction is where R=JR=JR=J enters, and the naive attempt fails: an arbitrary optimal (SSP) solution may serve a customer by different, equally good facilities in different scenarios in ways that no single ordered list reproduces. The normalization step removes this freedom; only after it can one read off a single list per customer, and R=JR=JR=J guarantees that this list (all open sites no farther than the penalty, then JJJ) fits on the available levels.

Formalization scope

Indices are 0-based; facilities are Fin (J+1) with Fin.last J the emergency facility, and levels are Fin (R+1). The extended data diJ=ϕid_{iJ}=\phi_idiJ​=ϕi​, qJ=0q_J=0qJ​=0, and the conventions δJω=1\delta_{J\omega}=1δJω​=1, XJ=1X_J=1XJ​=1 are definitions, not hypotheses. Scenarios are Fin J → Bool and pωp_\omegapω​ is the explicit finite product; no measure theory is involved, and (17a) is a finite sum. Binary variables are real numbers constrained to {0,1}\{0,1\}{0,1}. R=JR = JR=J is expressed by taking the instance type Instance I J J; with the standing R≥1R\ge 1R≥1 this means J≥1J\ge1J≥1. Demand rates are nonnegative; no sign is assumed on ddd, ϕ\phiϕ or fff.

Two printed constraints are corrected, and the formalization commits to the corrections. The first sum in (1b) is printed over the regular sites j≤J−1j\le J-1j≤J−1; it runs here over all J+1J+1J+1 facilities, as the paper's own reading of (1b) requires. Constraint (17c) is printed as ∑iYijω≤δjωXj\sum_i Y_{ij\omega}\le\delta_{j\omega}X_j∑i​Yijω​≤δjω​Xj​, which gives each site a capacity of one customer per scenario and makes Proposition 1 false; it is stated here per customer, Yijω≤δjωXjY_{ij\omega}\le\delta_{j\omega}X_jYijω​≤δjω​Xj​.

The goal asserts existence of optimal solutions of both programs before comparing their values, so it cannot hold vacuously. Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, a general lemma on the probability that the first success among independent Bernoulli trials occurs at a given position, and an existence-of-optimum lemma for finite binary programs.

Selected references

  • X. Cui, Y. Ouyang, Z.-J. M. Shen, Reliable Facility Location Design under the Risk of Disruptions, UCTC-FR-2010-02, University of California Transportation Center, 2010; Operations Research 58(4):998–1011, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0801
  • L. V. Snyder, M. S. Daskin, Reliability models for facility location: the expected failure cost case, Transportation Science 39(3):400–416, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/trsc.1040.0107
  • H. D. Sherali, A. Alameddine, A new reformulation-linearization technique for bilinear programming problems, Journal of Global Optimization 2(4):379–410, 1992. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00122429
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Quantitative Stability in Stochastic Programming: The Method of Probability Metrics 2: Linear Two-Stage Programs Are Lipschitz Stable in the Fortet–Mourier Metric ζ₂Research Paper

Why stability of two-stage programs matters

A linear two-stage stochastic program with fixed recourse chooses a here-and-now decision xxx before a random vector ξ\xiξ is observed, and pays a recourse cost afterwards. It is the basic model of stochastic programming, used in capacity planning, energy and supply-chain models. In practice the distribution μ\muμ of ξ\xiξ is never known exactly: it is estimated from data, replaced by a discrete scenario approximation, or perturbed for robustness. The question is how much the optimal value and the optimal decisions can move when μ\muμ is replaced by a nearby ν\nuν, and in which distance between probability measures "nearby" should be measured.

Rachev and Römisch (Math. Oper. Res. 27(4), 2002, doi:10.1287/moor.27.4.792.304; the mission cites the authors' preprint from edoc.hu-berlin.de) answer this with the method of probability metrics: they derive from the structure of the integrand a canonical distance on measures for each class of models. For linear two-stage programs the canonical distance is the Fortet–Mourier metric of order 2.

Timeline. Robinson and Wets (1987) studied qualitative stability of two-stage programs with respect to weak convergence of measures. Walkup and Wets (1969) had earlier established the piecewise-bilinear structure of the second-stage value function used here. Römisch and Schultz (1991) proved a quantitative stability result for two-stage programs with complete recourse in the Wasserstein metric W2W_2W2​. The present paper (published 2002) replaces complete recourse by relatively complete recourse plus dual feasibility, and W2W_2W2​ by the metric ζ2\zeta_2ζ2​, which it bounds by a multiple of W2W_2W2​ (p. 13).

Setting

Let X⊆RmX\subseteq\mathbb R^mX⊆Rm be a nonempty polyhedron and Ξ⊆Rs\Xi\subseteq\mathbb R^sΞ⊆Rs a polyhedron. Fix c∈Rmc\in\mathbb R^mc∈Rm, an (r,m‾)(r,\overline m)(r,m)-matrix WWW, and data q(ξ)∈Rm‾q(\xi)\in\mathbb R^{\overline m}q(ξ)∈Rm, h(ξ)∈Rrh(\xi)\in\mathbb R^rh(ξ)∈Rr and an (r,m)(r,m)(r,m)-matrix T(ξ)T(\xi)T(ξ) depending affine linearly on ξ\xiξ. The second-stage value is

Φ(u,t)=inf⁡{uy: Wy=t, y≥0},\Phi(u,t)=\inf\{uy:\ Wy=t,\ y\ge0\},Φ(u,t)=inf{uy: Wy=t, y≥0},

with pos⁡W={Wy:y≥0}\operatorname{pos}W=\{Wy:y\ge0\}posW={Wy:y≥0} and D={u:{z:W′z≤u}≠∅}D=\{u:\{z:W'z\le u\}\ne\emptyset\}D={u:{z:W′z≤u}=∅}. The integrand is f0(ξ,x)=cx+Φ(q(ξ),h(ξ)−T(ξ)x)f_0(\xi,x)=cx+\Phi(q(\xi),h(\xi)-T(\xi)x)f0​(ξ,x)=cx+Φ(q(ξ),h(ξ)−T(ξ)x) when h(ξ)−T(ξ)x∈pos⁡Wh(\xi)-T(\xi)x\in\operatorname{pos}Wh(ξ)−T(ξ)x∈posW and q(ξ)∈Dq(\xi)\in Dq(ξ)∈D, and +∞+\infty+∞ otherwise. For a Borel probability measure ν\nuν on Ξ\XiΞ the problem is

min⁡{∫Ξf0(ξ,x) ν(dξ):x∈X},\min\Big\{\int_\Xi f_0(\xi,x)\,\nu(d\xi):x\in X\Big\},min{∫Ξ​f0​(ξ,x)ν(dξ):x∈X},

with optimal value v(ν)v(\nu)v(ν) and solution set S(ν)S(\nu)S(ν). Two assumptions are made: (A1) h(ξ)−T(ξ)x∈pos⁡Wh(\xi)-T(\xi)x\in\operatorname{pos}Wh(ξ)−T(ξ)x∈posW and q(ξ)∈Dq(\xi)\in Dq(ξ)∈D for all (ξ,x)∈Ξ×X(\xi,x)\in\Xi\times X(ξ,x)∈Ξ×X; (A2) μ\muμ has a finite second moment.

The Fortet–Mourier metric ζ2\zeta_2ζ2​ on P2(Ξ)\mathcal P_2(\Xi)P2​(Ξ), the probability measures on Ξ\XiΞ with finite second moment, is

ζ2(μ,ν)=sup⁡f∈F2(Ξ)∣∫Ξf dμ−∫Ξf dν∣,F2(Ξ)={f:∣f(ξ)−f(ξ~)∣≤max⁡{1,∥ξ∥,∥ξ~∥}∥ξ−ξ~∥}.\zeta_2(\mu,\nu)=\sup_{f\in\mathcal F_2(\Xi)}\Big|\int_\Xi f\,d\mu-\int_\Xi f\,d\nu\Big|,\quad \mathcal F_2(\Xi)=\{f:|f(\xi)-f(\tilde\xi)|\le\max\{1,\|\xi\|,\|\tilde\xi\|\}\|\xi-\tilde\xi\|\}.ζ2​(μ,ν)=f∈F2​(Ξ)sup​​∫Ξ​fdμ−∫Ξ​fdν​,F2​(Ξ)={f:∣f(ξ)−f(ξ~​)∣≤max{1,∥ξ∥,∥ξ~​∥}∥ξ−ξ~​∥}.

For an open bounded U⊇S(μ)\mathcal U\supseteq S(\mu)U⊇S(μ), the growth function is ψ(τ)=inf⁡{∫Ξf0(ξ,x) μ(dξ)−v(μ):d(x,S(μ))≥τ, x∈X∩cl⁡U}\psi(\tau)=\inf\{\int_\Xi f_0(\xi,x)\,\mu(d\xi)-v(\mu): d(x,S(\mu))\ge\tau,\ x\in X\cap\operatorname{cl}\mathcal U\}ψ(τ)=inf{∫Ξ​f0​(ξ,x)μ(dξ)−v(μ):d(x,S(μ))≥τ, x∈X∩clU}, and Ψ(η)=η+ψ−1(2η)\Psi(\eta)=\eta+\psi^{-1}(2\eta)Ψ(η)=η+ψ−1(2η) with ψ−1(t)=sup⁡{τ≥0:ψ(τ)≤t}\psi^{-1}(t)=\sup\{\tau\ge0:\psi(\tau)\le t\}ψ−1(t)=sup{τ≥0:ψ(τ)≤t}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.3 (p. 13)

Under (A1), (A2), S(μ)≠∅S(\mu)\ne\emptysetS(μ)=∅ and U\mathcal UU an open bounded neighbourhood of S(μ)S(\mu)S(μ), there are L>0L>0L>0 and δ>0\delta>0δ>0 such that for every ν∈P2(Ξ)\nu\in\mathcal P_2(\Xi)ν∈P2​(Ξ) with ζ2(μ,ν)<δ\zeta_2(\mu,\nu)<\deltaζ2​(μ,ν)<δ:

∣v(μ)−v(ν)∣≤L ζ2(μ,ν),∅≠S(ν)⊆S(μ)+Ψ(L ζ2(μ,ν)) B.|v(\mu)-v(\nu)|\le L\,\zeta_2(\mu,\nu),\qquad \emptyset\ne S(\nu)\subseteq S(\mu)+\Psi(L\,\zeta_2(\mu,\nu))\,\mathbb B.∣v(μ)−v(ν)∣≤Lζ2​(μ,ν),∅=S(ν)⊆S(μ)+Ψ(Lζ2​(μ,ν))B.

The constants are existential, so the goal does not depend on any particular estimate of them.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 3.1 (p. 11): Φ\PhiΦ is finite and continuous on the polyhedral cone D×pos⁡WD\times\operatorname{pos}WD×posW, piecewise of the form Cju⋅tC_ju\cdot tCj​u⋅t on finitely many polyhedral cones with disjoint interiors, convex in ttt and concave in uuu.
  2. Proposition 3.2 (p. 11): f0f_0f0​ is a normal convex integrand, and for ∥x∥≤r\|x\|\le r∥x∥≤r it satisfies ∣f0(ξ,x)−f0(ξ~,x)∣≤Lrmax⁡{1,∥ξ∥,∥ξ~∥}∥ξ−ξ~∥|f_0(\xi,x)-f_0(\tilde\xi,x)|\le Lr\max\{1,\|\xi\|,\|\tilde\xi\|\}\|\xi-\tilde\xi\|∣f0​(ξ,x)−f0​(ξ~​,x)∣≤Lrmax{1,∥ξ∥,∥ξ~​∥}∥ξ−ξ~​∥, a Lipschitz bound in xxx with factor L^max⁡{1,∥ξ∥2}\hat L\max\{1,\|\xi\|^2\}L^max{1,∥ξ∥2}, and ∣f0(ξ,x)∣≤Krmax⁡{1,∥ξ∥2}|f_0(\xi,x)|\le Kr\max\{1,\|\xi\|^2\}∣f0​(ξ,x)∣≤Krmax{1,∥ξ∥2}.
  3. PFU⊇P2(Ξ)\mathcal P_{\mathcal F_{\mathcal U}}\supseteq\mathcal P_2(\Xi)PFU​​⊇P2​(Ξ) (p. 13): every measure with finite second moment satisfies the integrability conditions of the general theory.
  4. Corollary 2.8 (p. 10): the general Lipschitz stability theorem in the metric ζg\zeta_gζg​ for convex models whose integrands lie, up to a factor LLL, in the class Fg\mathcal F_gFg​.

Significance

The theorem says that, under the two natural well-posedness conditions of linear recourse models, optimal values are Lipschitz continuous and solution sets move by at most Ψ(Lζ2)\Psi(L\zeta_2)Ψ(Lζ2​), where ζ2\zeta_2ζ2​ only sees test functions with the local Lipschitz growth of the integrand. Since ζ2≤(1+∫∥ξ∥2dμ+∫∥ξ∥2dν)1/2W2\zeta_2\le(1+\int\|\xi\|^2d\mu+\int\|\xi\|^2d\nu)^{1/2}W_2ζ2​≤(1+∫∥ξ∥2dμ+∫∥ξ∥2dν)1/2W2​, the result contains the earlier W2W_2W2​ stability theorem.

The results are proved in the paper, except Lemma 3.1, which it cites from Walkup and Wets (1969). None of them is formalized in Mathlib or on Prove2Me. A formalization would provide a checked model of the two-stage recourse function, the Fortet–Mourier metrics, and an end-to-end quantitative stability theorem for stochastic programs, none of which exist in Mathlib.

Difficulty

The obvious argument bounds ∣v(μ)−v(ν)∣|v(\mu)-v(\nu)|∣v(μ)−v(ν)∣ by sup⁡x∣∫f0(⋅,x) d(μ−ν)∣\sup_x|\int f_0(\cdot,x)\,d(\mu-\nu)|supx​∣∫f0​(⋅,x)d(μ−ν)∣ and then by Lζ2L\zeta_2Lζ2​. Two steps fail. First, the supremum ranges over all of XXX, which may be unbounded, while f0(⋅,x)/Lf_0(\cdot,x)/Lf0​(⋅,x)/L lies in F2\mathcal F_2F2​ only for xxx in a bounded set; the argument must localize to X∩cl⁡UX\cap\operatorname{cl}\mathcal UX∩clU and then show, using convexity, that for ν\nuν close to μ\muμ the localized and global problems coincide. Second, the Lipschitz estimate in ξ\xiξ for f0f_0f0​ requires the piecewise-bilinear structure of Φ\PhiΦ (Lemma 3.1) and a chaining argument across the polyhedral pieces of Ξ\XiΞ; the integrand is not differentiable.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n). The paper never fixes its norm and all its constants are existential, so the Euclidean norm is a faithful instance. Second-stage vectors u,t,y,zu,t,y,zu,t,y,z are coordinate vectors Fin k → ℝ; index sets are 0-based.
  • A polyhedron is a finite intersection of closed half-spaces. The standing assumptions are: XXX a nonempty polyhedron, Ξ\XiΞ a polyhedron, q,h,Tq,h,Tq,h,T affine maps.
  • A measure in P(Ξ)\mathcal P(\Xi)P(Ξ) is a Borel probability measure on Rs\mathbb R^sRs with ν(Ξc)=0\nu(\Xi^c)=0ν(Ξc)=0; ∫Ξf0(ξ,x) ν(dξ)\int_\Xi f_0(\xi,x)\,\nu(d\xi)∫Ξ​f0​(ξ,x)ν(dξ) is the extended-real integral of the published DupacovaWets.Consistency.expect over ν\nuν restricted to Ξ\XiΞ.
  • Φ\PhiΦ, f0f_0f0​, vvv and ψ\psiψ are extended-real infima (+∞+\infty+∞ over an empty set); "min" in ψ\psiψ is read as an infimum. ζ2\zeta_2ζ2​, ζg\zeta_gζg​, ψ−1\psi^{-1}ψ−1 and Ψ\PsiΨ take values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], and the distance to a set is the extended distance (+∞+\infty+∞ to ∅\emptyset∅).
  • To rule out trivializations: every value bound states that v(μ)v(\mu)v(μ), v(ν)v(\nu)v(ν) are finite before comparing them, so the extended-real arithmetic ∞−∞\infty-\infty∞−∞ cannot make it vacuous; in ζ2\zeta_2ζ2​ a test function that is not integrable for both measures contributes +∞+\infty+∞, never a junk 000.
  • Disclosed readings: Proposition 3.2 leaves its radius rrr unquantified; it is stated with the constants first and then every r≥1r\ge1r≥1. Lemma 3.1's "pos⁡W×D\operatorname{pos}W\times DposW×D" is read as D×pos⁡WD\times\operatorname{pos}WD×posW, in the order of Φ\PhiΦ's arguments. Corollary 2.8 adds μ,ν∈PFU(Ξ)\mu,\nu\in\mathcal P_{\mathcal F_{\mathcal U}}(\Xi)μ,ν∈PFU​​(Ξ), an assumption of Theorem 2.2 that its proof invokes; Theorem 3.3 needs no such addition, because milestone 3 supplies it.
  • Needed infrastructure: LP duality and the Walkup–Wets decomposition of Φ\PhiΦ; normal integrands and measurability of their infima; integrability under moment conditions; the general stability theorems (Theorems 2.2–2.3 of the paper) for d=0d=0d=0. The definitions of ζp\zeta_pζp​, Fg\mathcal F_gFg​ and normal integrands are reusable well beyond this mission. Contributions toward any milestone, and proofs of the auxiliary facts (for example, that every f∈F2(Ξ)f\in\mathcal F_2(\Xi)f∈F2​(Ξ) is integrable for ν∈P2(Ξ)\nu\in\mathcal P_2(\Xi)ν∈P2​(Ξ)), are welcome.

Selected references

  • S. T. Rachev, W. Römisch, Quantitative stability in stochastic programming: The method of probability metrics, Mathematics of Operations Research 27(4) (2002) 792–818. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.27.4.792.304 (cited here from the authors' preprint, edoc.hu-berlin.de)
  • D. W. Walkup, R. J-B Wets, Lifting projections of convex polyhedra, Pacific Journal of Mathematics 28 (1969) 465–475 (the paper's [55]).
  • S. M. Robinson, R. J-B Wets, Stability in two-stage stochastic programming, SIAM Journal on Control and Optimization 25 (1987) 1409–1416 (the paper's [37]).
  • W. Römisch, R. Schultz, Stability analysis for stochastic programs, Annals of Operations Research 30 (1991) 241–266 (the paper's [40]).
  • R. T. Rockafellar, R. J-B Wets, Variational Analysis, Springer (the paper's [38]; normal integrands, Chapter 14).
  • S. T. Rachev, Probability Metrics and the Stability of Stochastic Models, Wiley, Chichester 1991 (the paper's [32]).
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Is Network Traffic Approximated by Stable Lévy Motion or Fractional Brownian Motion? 4: Superposed ON/OFF Input Under Fast Growth Converges in C[0,∞) to Fractional Brownian MotionResearch Paper

Why heavy-tailed input matters

Measurements of Ethernet and Internet traffic in the 1990s showed that cumulative traffic is self-similar and long-range dependent: correlations of the input rate decay so slowly that they are not summable, and fluctuations at large time scales do not average out the way Poisson-type models predict (Leland et al. 1994). A widely accepted explanation is that the lengths of individual transmissions (file sizes, session durations) are heavy tailed, with infinite variance. Queueing and capacity-planning calculations then depend on which stochastic process approximates the cumulative input over long horizons.

Two approximations had been proposed: fractional Brownian motion, a Gaussian self-similar process with dependent increments, and α-stable Lévy motion, a heavy-tailed process with independent increments. Mikosch, Resnick, Rootzén and Stegeman (Ann. Appl. Probab. 12 (2002) 23–68) showed that both arise from the same models and that the answer depends on how fast the number of sources grows relative to the time scale. This mission formalizes their Gaussian answer for the superposition of ON/OFF sources: Theorem 4.

  • 1995–1997: Willinger, Taqqu, Sherman and Wilson derive fractional Brownian motion from superposed ON/OFF sources with heavy-tailed periods, as an iterated limit: first the number of sources M→∞M\to\inftyM→∞, then the time scale T→∞T\to\inftyT→∞, and for finite-dimensional distributions only.
  • 1998: Heath, Resnick and Samorodnitsky (Math. Oper. Res. 23) give the exact decay of the covariance of a single stationary ON/OFF source.
  • 2002: Mikosch, Resnick, Rootzén and Stegeman let MMM and TTT grow together and show that fast growth gives fractional Brownian motion as a functional limit in C[0,∞)\mathbb C[0,\infty)C[0,∞), while slow growth gives stable Lévy motion.

The superposed ON/OFF model

A single ON/OFF source alternates between ON-periods, during which it sends work at rate 111, and silent OFF-periods. The ON-periods X1,X2,…X_1,X_2,\dotsX1​,X2​,… are iid with law FonF_{\mathrm{on}}Fon​ and the OFF-periods Yoff,Y1,Y2,…Y_{\mathrm{off}},Y_1,Y_2,\dotsYoff​,Y1​,Y2​,… iid with law FoffF_{\mathrm{off}}Foff​, both on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), all independent, with means μon\mu_{\mathrm{on}}μon​, μoff\mu_{\mathrm{off}}μoff​ and μ=μon+μoff\mu=\mu_{\mathrm{on}}+\mu_{\mathrm{off}}μ=μon​+μoff​. The tails are regularly varying: for x>0x>0x>0,

Fˉon(x)=x−αLon(x),Fˉoff(x)=x−αoffLoff(x),1<α<αoff<2,\bar F_{\mathrm{on}}(x)=x^{-\alpha}L_{\mathrm{on}}(x),\qquad \bar F_{\mathrm{off}}(x)=x^{-\alpha_{\mathrm{off}}}L_{\mathrm{off}}(x),\qquad 1<\alpha<\alpha_{\mathrm{off}}<2,Fˉon​(x)=x−αLon​(x),Fˉoff​(x)=x−αoff​Loff​(x),1<α<αoff​<2,

with Lon,LoffL_{\mathrm{on}},L_{\mathrm{off}}Lon​,Loff​ slowly varying (L(cx)/L(x)→1L(cx)/L(x)\to1L(cx)/L(x)→1 for every c>0c>0c>0). So both periods have finite mean and infinite variance, and the ON-periods have the heavier tail.

To make the source stationary, a delay T0=B(Xon(0)+Yoff)+(1−B)Yoff(0)T_0=B(X^{(0)}_{\mathrm{on}}+Y_{\mathrm{off}})+(1-B)Y^{(0)}_{\mathrm{off}}T0​=B(Xon(0)​+Yoff​)+(1−B)Yoff(0)​ is used, where BBB is Bernoulli with P(B=1)=μon/μP(B=1)=\mu_{\mathrm{on}}/\muP(B=1)=μon​/μ and Xon(0),Yoff(0)X^{(0)}_{\mathrm{on}},Y^{(0)}_{\mathrm{off}}Xon(0)​,Yoff(0)​ have the integrated-tail laws F(0)(x)=μF−1∫0xFˉ(s) dsF^{(0)}(x)=\mu_F^{-1}\int_0^x\bar F(s)\,dsF(0)(x)=μF−1​∫0x​Fˉ(s)ds. With Tn=T0+∑i=1n(Xi+Yi)T_n=T_0+\sum_{i=1}^n(X_i+Y_i)Tn​=T0​+∑i=1n​(Xi​+Yi​) the source's activity is

Wt=B 1[0,Xon(0))(t)+∑n≥01[Tn,Tn+Xn+1)(t),t≥0,W_t=B\,\mathbf 1_{[0,X^{(0)}_{\mathrm{on}})}(t)+\sum_{n\ge0}\mathbf 1_{[T_n,T_n+X_{n+1})}(t),\qquad t\ge0,Wt​=B1[0,Xon(0)​)​(t)+n≥0∑​1[Tn​,Tn​+Xn+1​)​(t),t≥0,

a stationary process with EWt=μon/μEW_t=\mu_{\mathrm{on}}/\muEWt​=μon​/μ.

The TTT-th model superposes M=M(T)M=M(T)M=M(T) independent copies W(1),…,W(M)W^{(1)},\dots,W^{(M)}W(1),…,W(M), where MMM is integer valued, non-decreasing and M(T)→∞M(T)\to\inftyM(T)→∞. The cumulative input is A(t)=∫0t∑m=1MWs(m) dsA(t)=\int_0^t\sum_{m=1}^MW^{(m)}_s\,dsA(t)=∫0t​∑m=1M​Ws(m)​ds. With the quantile b(t)=(1/Fˉon)←(t)b(t)=(1/\bar F_{\mathrm{on}})^{\leftarrow}(t)b(t)=(1/Fˉon​)←(t), the fast growth condition is

Condition 2:lim⁡T→∞b(MT)T=∞,\text{Condition 2:}\qquad \lim_{T\to\infty}\frac{b(MT)}{T}=\infty,Condition 2:T→∞lim​Tb(MT)​=∞,

equivalently MTFˉon(T)→∞MT\bar F_{\mathrm{on}}(T)\to\inftyMTFˉon​(T)→∞. The normalisation and limit constants are

dT=[T3−αLon(T)M]1/2,σ02=2μoff2Γ(2−α)/(α−1)μ3Γ(4−α),H=3−α2∈(12,1).d_T=[T^{3-\alpha}L_{\mathrm{on}}(T)M]^{1/2},\qquad \sigma_0^2=\frac{2\mu_{\mathrm{off}}^2\Gamma(2-\alpha)/(\alpha-1)}{\mu^3\Gamma(4-\alpha)},\qquad H=\frac{3-\alpha}{2}\in(\tfrac12,1).dT​=[T3−αLon​(T)M]1/2,σ02​=μ3Γ(4−α)2μoff2​Γ(2−α)/(α−1)​,H=23−α​∈(21​,1).

A standard fractional Brownian motion BHB_HBH​ is a mean-zero Gaussian process on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) with continuous paths and Cov(BH(t),BH(s))=12(t2H+s2H−∣t−s∣2H)\mathrm{Cov}(B_H(t),B_H(s))=\tfrac12(t^{2H}+s^{2H}-|t-s|^{2H})Cov(BH​(t),BH​(s))=21​(t2H+s2H−∣t−s∣2H).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4

If Condition 2 holds, then

A(T⋅)−TMμ−1μon(⋅)dT →d σ0BH(⋅)weakly in C[0,∞).\frac{A(T\cdot)-TM\mu^{-1}\mu_{\mathrm{on}}(\cdot)}{d_T}\ \xrightarrow{d}\ \sigma_0B_H(\cdot)\qquad\text{weakly in }\mathbb C[0,\infty).dT​A(T⋅)−TMμ−1μon​(⋅)​ d​ σ0​BH​(⋅)weakly in C[0,∞).

Intermediate targets

In the order of the paper's argument: the mean EWt=μon/μEW_t=\mu_{\mathrm{on}}/\muEWt​=μon​/μ (p. 27); the covariance decay (2.5) γW(h)∼μoff2(α−1)μ3h−(α−1)Lon(h)\gamma_W(h)\sim\frac{\mu_{\mathrm{off}}^2}{(\alpha-1)\mu^3}h^{-(\alpha-1)}L_{\mathrm{on}}(h)γW​(h)∼(α−1)μ3μoff2​​h−(α−1)Lon​(h); Condition 2 ⇔T=o(dT)\Leftrightarrow T=o(d_T)⇔T=o(dT​) (p. 61); the variance asymptotic (7.1) Var(GT)∼σ02T3−αLon(T)\mathrm{Var}(G_T)\sim\sigma_0^2T^{3-\alpha}L_{\mathrm{on}}(T)Var(GT​)∼σ02​T3−αLon​(T) for GT=∫0T(Wu−EWu) duG_T=\int_0^T(W_u-EW_u)\,duGT​=∫0T​(Wu​−EWu​)du; Lemma 13, the one-dimensional limit dT−1∑mGTt(m)→N(0,σ02t3−α)d_T^{-1}\sum_mG^{(m)}_{Tt}\to N(0,\sigma_0^2t^{3-\alpha})dT−1​∑m​GTt(m)​→N(0,σ02​t3−α); the covariance limit (7.4); and the second-moment bound E∣dT−1∑mGTu(m)∣2≤c u1+εE|d_T^{-1}\sum_mG^{(m)}_{Tu}|^2\le c\,u^{1+\varepsilon}E∣dT−1​∑m​GTu(m)​∣2≤cu1+ε behind tightness (p. 63). (2.5) and (7.1) are cited by the paper from Heath–Resnick–Samorodnitsky and Willinger–Taqqu–Sherman–Wilson; they are stated here as the paper states them.

Significance

Theorem 4 justifies fractional Brownian motion as the model of aggregate traffic from many heavy-tailed sources in a single, simultaneous limit, replacing the iterated limit of earlier work, and it upgrades finite-dimensional convergence to weak convergence of paths. Functionals of the path, such as the supremum of A(Tt)−ctA(Tt)-ctA(Tt)−ct that governs the buffer content of a fluid queue, therefore inherit Gaussian approximations. Together with Theorem 2 it shows that a single growth condition on MMM decides between Gaussian and stable approximations.

The result is proved in the paper; it is not formalized anywhere. A formalization adds a machine-checked statement of the theorem and reusable developments of regularly varying functions, the stationary alternating renewal process, fractional Brownian motion, and convergence in C[0,∞)\mathbb C[0,\infty)C[0,∞).

Difficulty

The obvious route is a central limit theorem for ∑mGTt(m)\sum_{m}G^{(m)}_{Tt}∑m​GTt(m)​, a sum of MMM iid bounded terms; but the number of terms and their distribution change with TTT, so one needs a triangular-array limit theorem whose variance condition rests on the exact asymptotic (7.1). That asymptotic in turn needs the covariance decay (2.5) of a single stationary source, which requires renewal theory for the alternating process with infinite-variance periods. Convergence of finite-dimensional distributions alone does not give the theorem: tightness in C[0,K]\mathbb C[0,K]C[0,K] needs a moment bound on increments that is uniform in TTT for small time lags, which requires Potter-type bounds for the regularly varying function x↦EGx2x\mapsto EG_x^2x↦EGx2​.

Formalization scope

  • Time and models. T→∞T\to\inftyT→∞ along atTop on R\mathbb RR. Each model TTT has its own probability space carrying M(T)M(T)M(T) independent sources; the theorems hold for every such family. Lean's X n, Y n are the paper's Xn+1X_{n+1}Xn+1​, Yn+1Y_{n+1}Yn+1​ and Lean's sources 0,…,M−10,\dots,M-10,…,M−1 are the paper's 1,…,M1,\dots,M1,…,M. Time in the normalised process runs over R≥0\mathbb R_{\ge0}R≥0​.
  • Standing hypotheses. Fon,FoffF_{\mathrm{on}},F_{\mathrm{off}}Fon​,Foff​ are probability measures on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) (non-negativity is implicit in "lengths"); (2.1) is stated as "x↦xαFˉ(x)x\mapsto x^{\alpha}\bar F(x)x↦xαFˉ(x) is slowly varying"; 1<α<αoff<21<\alpha<\alpha_{\mathrm{off}}<21<α<αoff​<2; MMM non-decreasing with M→∞M\to\inftyM→∞ (§3.2); Condition 2 where §7 assumes it. No other hypothesis is added.
  • Junk values ruled out. bbb is an infimum over {x>0:tFˉon(x)≤1}\{x>0:t\bar F_{\mathrm{on}}(x)\le1\}{x>0:tFˉon​(x)≤1}, never a division by zero; the series defining WtW_tWt​ has non-negative terms and fails to converge only on a null event; equalities of laws come with measurability. The limit is pinned completely: Gaussian, mean zero, the covariance above with σH=1\sigma_H=1σH​=1 and H=(3−α)/2H=(3-\alpha)/2H=(3−α)/2, continuous paths, multiplied by σ0\sigma_0σ0​. Fidi convergence in place of the functional limit, a free scale in the limit, or a limit identified only by its marginals would each be a different, weaker theorem.
  • Weak convergence is stated in coupling form: for every sequence Tn→∞T_n\to\inftyTn​→∞ there are one probability space, copies YnY_nYn​ with continuous paths of the laws of the normalised processes at TnT_nTn​, and a standard fractional Brownian motion Y′Y'Y′ such that Yn→σ0Y′Y_n\to\sigma_0Y'Yn​→σ0​Y′ uniformly on every [0,K][0,K][0,K] almost surely. On the Polish space C[0,∞)\mathbb C[0,\infty)C[0,∞) this is equivalent to weak convergence.
  • Infrastructure needed: Karamata's theorem and Potter bounds; the stationary alternating renewal process and its covariance asymptotics; a triangular-array central limit theorem; existence of fractional Brownian motion; a moment criterion for tightness in C[0,K]\mathbb C[0,K]C[0,K]. The regular-variation and path-space material is reusable well beyond this mission; contributions of any of these pieces, and of any milestone, are welcome.

Selected references

  • T. Mikosch, S. Resnick, H. Rootzén and A. Stegeman, Is network traffic approximated by stable Lévy motion or fractional Brownian motion?, Ann. Appl. Probab. 12(1) (2002), 23–68. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1015961155
  • D. Heath, S. Resnick and G. Samorodnitsky, Heavy tails and long range dependence in on/off processes and associated fluid models, Math. Oper. Res. 23 (1998), 145–165. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.23.1.145
  • W. Willinger, M. S. Taqqu, R. Sherman and D. V. Wilson, Self-similarity through high-variability: statistical analysis of Ethernet LAN traffic at the source level, IEEE/ACM Trans. Networking 5 (1997), 71–86. https://doi.org/10.1109/90.554723
  • W. E. Leland, M. S. Taqqu, W. Willinger and D. V. Wilson, On the self-similar nature of Ethernet traffic (extended version), IEEE/ACM Trans. Networking 2 (1994), 1–15. https://doi.org/10.1109/90.282603
  • N. H. Bingham, C. M. Goldie and J. L. Teugels, Regular Variation, Cambridge University Press, 1987. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511721434
  • P. Billingsley, Convergence of Probability Measures, Wiley, 1968 (Theorem 12.3, moment criterion for tightness).
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Designing a Call Center with Impatient Customers II: In the Halfin–Whitt Regime the Scaled Erlang-A Queue Converges to a Diffusion with Piecewise-Linear DriftResearch Paper

Motivation

Telephone call centers are large service systems: hundreds of agents answer callers who wait in a queue and hang up when their patience runs out. Staffing them is a trade-off between the cost of agents and the quality of service, and in large centers both the efficiency (agents busy almost all the time) and the service level (most callers answered almost immediately) can be high at once. Garnett, Mandelbaum and Reiman (M&SOM 4(3), 2002) study the simplest model that captures customer abandonment, the Erlang-A or M/M/N+MM/M/N+MM/M/N+M queue, and derive approximations for it in the regime where the number of agents is large.

Their Theorem 2 is the process-level justification of these approximations: the queue-length process, centred at the number of agents and scaled by its square root, converges to a one-dimensional diffusion. The steady-state performance formulas of the paper (delay probability, abandonment probability, waiting times) are computed from this diffusion and its stationary law.

Timeline.

  • Halfin and Whitt (1981) proved the corresponding limit for the M/M/NM/M/NM/M/N queue without abandonment, in the regime N(1−ρN)→β\sqrt N(1-\rho_N) \to \betaN​(1−ρN​)→β with β>0\beta > 0β>0 (Oper. Res. 29(3)). The limit is a diffusion with drift −μ(β+x)-\mu(\beta + x)−μ(β+x) below 000 and constant drift −μβ-\mu\beta−μβ above.
  • Fleming, Stolyar and Simon (1994) conjectured the limit with abandonment, with a slightly different centering, and proved the weak limit of the stationary distributions.
  • Garnett, Mandelbaum and Reiman (2002) state the process limit for 0<θ<∞0 < \theta < \infty0<θ<∞ as Theorem 2, with the extensions θ=0\theta = 0θ=0 and θ=∞\theta = \inftyθ=∞ as Theorem 2* in Appendix C.

Setting

Fix a service rate μ>0\mu > 0μ>0. For each N≥1N \ge 1N≥1 the NNN-th system has NNN statistically identical agents, Poisson arrivals of rate λN>0\lambda_N > 0λN​>0, exponential service times of rate μ\muμ, an unlimited waiting room served first come, first served, and exponential patience of rate θN>0\theta_N > 0θN​>0 for every caller. A caller whose wait in queue reaches their patience abandons and does not return. The number of callers in the system, QN(t)Q_N(t)QN​(t), is a birth–death process on {0,1,2,… }\{0, 1, 2, \dots\}{0,1,2,…} with birth rate λN\lambda_NλN​ and death rate min⁡(k,N)μ+(k−N)+θN\min(k, N)\mu + (k-N)^+\theta_Nmin(k,N)μ+(k−N)+θN​ in state kkk. Its initial value QN(0)Q_N(0)QN​(0) is an arbitrary random variable.

The traffic intensity is ρN=λN/(Nμ)\rho_N = \lambda_N/(N\mu)ρN​=λN​/(Nμ). The centred and scaled process is

qN(t)=QN(t)−NN,t≥0.q_N(t) = \frac{Q_N(t) - N}{\sqrt N}, \qquad t \ge 0 .qN​(t)=N​QN​(t)−N​,t≥0.

When qN≥0q_N \ge 0qN​≥0 it counts waiting callers and when qN≤0q_N \le 0qN​≤0 it counts idle agents, both in units of N\sqrt NN​.

For β∈R\beta \in \mathbb Rβ∈R and θ>0\theta > 0θ>0, the drift is the piecewise-linear function

f(x)={−μ(β+x),x≤0,−(μβ+θx),x>0,f(x) = \begin{cases} -\mu(\beta + x), & x \le 0,\\ -(\mu\beta + \theta x), & x > 0,\end{cases}f(x)={−μ(β+x),−(μβ+θx),​x≤0,x>0,​

and the limit diffusion qqq solves dq(t)=f(q(t)) dt+2μ db(t)dq(t) = f(q(t))\,dt + \sqrt{2\mu}\,db(t)dq(t)=f(q(t))dt+2μ​db(t), where bbb is a standard Brownian motion independent of q(0)q(0)q(0). The noise is additive, so this means: qqq has continuous paths and q(t)=q(0)+∫0tf(q(s)) ds+2μ b(t)q(t) = q(0) + \int_0^t f(q(s))\,ds + \sqrt{2\mu}\,b(t)q(t)=q(0)+∫0t​f(q(s))ds+2μ​b(t) for all t≥0t \ge 0t≥0. Below 000 it behaves like an Ornstein–Uhlenbeck process with restraining force μ\muμ, above 000 like one with restraining force θ\thetaθ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 216)

Assume

lim⁡N→∞N(1−ρN)=β∈(−∞,∞),lim⁡N→∞θN=θ∈(0,∞),\lim_{N\to\infty}\sqrt N(1-\rho_N) = \beta \in (-\infty,\infty), \qquad \lim_{N\to\infty}\theta_N = \theta \in (0,\infty),N→∞lim​N​(1−ρN​)=β∈(−∞,∞),N→∞lim​θN​=θ∈(0,∞),

and qN(0)⇒νq_N(0) \Rightarrow \nuqN​(0)⇒ν for a probability law ν\nuν on R\mathbb RR. Then

qN⇒qin D[0,∞),q_N \Rightarrow q \quad\text{in } D[0,\infty),qN​⇒qin D[0,∞),

where qqq is the solution of dq=f(q) dt+2μ dbdq = f(q)\,dt + \sqrt{2\mu}\,dbdq=f(q)dt+2μ​db with q(0)∼νq(0) \sim \nuq(0)∼ν, and this solution is unique in law.

Milestone: the limit equation is well posed (Theorem 2, p. 216)

On every probability space with a standard Brownian motion bbb and an independent initial value X0X_0X0​, the equation has a solution adapted to σ(X0,b(s):s≤t)\sigma(X_0, b(s): s \le t)σ(X0​,b(s):s≤t), and any two solutions with the same bbb and initial value are indistinguishable.

Milestone: infinitesimal moments (Appendix C, p. 224)

The infinitesimal expectation μN(x)\mu_N(x)μN​(x) and variance σN2(x)\sigma_N^2(x)σN2​(x) of qNq_NqN​ at the point xxx, as displayed on p. 224, satisfy

lim⁡N→∞μN(x)=f(x),lim⁡N→∞σN2(x)=2μ(x∈R).\lim_{N\to\infty}\mu_N(x) = f(x), \qquad \lim_{N\to\infty}\sigma_N^2(x) = 2\mu \qquad (x \in \mathbb R).N→∞lim​μN​(x)=f(x),N→∞lim​σN2​(x)=2μ(x∈R).

Significance

The result. Theorem 2 is the basis for the paper's QED (quality- and efficiency-driven) approximations QN≈N+qNQ_N \approx N + q\sqrt NQN​≈N+qN​, which give explicit formulas for the probability of delay, the probability of abandonment and the waiting-time distribution in terms of β\betaβ, μ\muμ and θ\thetaθ. Unlike the M/M/NM/M/NM/M/N case, β\betaβ may be of either sign: abandonment keeps the system stable even when the offered load exceeds the number of agents. The resulting square-root staffing rule N=R+βRN = R + \beta\sqrt RN=R+βR​, with R=λ/μR = \lambda/\muR=λ/μ, is used in call-center practice.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper by Stone's criteria for birth–death processes, with uniqueness of the limit equation delegated to the literature. No many-server process limit exists on Prove2Me or in Mathlib. A formal proof would give the first machine-checked heavy-traffic process limit for a many-server queue, and the infrastructure (Poisson time-change representation of a birth–death process, path-space weak convergence to a continuous diffusion, well-posedness of a Lipschitz additive-noise SDE) would serve every other diffusion limit in queueing theory.

Difficulty

The infinitesimal-moment computation is elementary; it identifies the limit but does not prove convergence. The hard step is the passage from generator convergence to weak convergence of processes on D[0,∞)D[0,\infty)D[0,∞): tightness of {qN}\{q_N\}{qN​} in the Skorokhod space, which needs control of the jumps (of size 1/N1/\sqrt N1/N​) and of the unbounded state space, and identification of every limit point as a solution of the equation, which needs uniqueness of the limit. A pointwise limit of the drifts at each fixed xxx is not enough: the convergence has to be controlled locally uniformly along the paths. A finite-dimensional limit at fixed times is weaker than the theorem.

Formalization scope

  • Queue. QNQ_NQN​ is realized by the time-change representation of Mandelbaum, Massey and Reiman (1998), cited by the paper: QN(t)=QN(0)+A(λNt)−S(μ∫0tmin⁡(QN(s),N) ds)−R(θN∫0t(QN(s)−N)+ ds)Q_N(t) = Q_N(0) + A(\lambda_N t) - S(\mu\int_0^t \min(Q_N(s), N)\,ds) - R(\theta_N \int_0^t (Q_N(s)-N)^+\,ds)QN​(t)=QN​(0)+A(λN​t)−S(μ∫0t​min(QN​(s),N)ds)−R(θN​∫0t​(QN​(s)−N)+ds), with A,S,RA, S, RA,S,R independent unit-rate Poisson processes independent of QN(0)Q_N(0)QN​(0). This has the birth–death law above.
  • Time. Paths are functions on R\mathbb RR; every condition is imposed for t≥0t \ge 0t≥0 only. Brownian time is R≥0\mathbb R_{\ge 0}R≥0​.
  • Indexing. NNN is both the index and the number of agents; every hypothesis on the NNN-th system is imposed for N≥1N \ge 1N≥1. λN\lambda_NλN​, θN\theta_NθN​ are real sequences and μ\muμ is fixed.
  • Weak convergence. All QNQ_NQN​ live on one probability space, which is no loss since only their laws matter. qN(0)⇒νq_N(0) \Rightarrow \nuqN​(0)⇒ν is convergence of E g(qN(0))E\,g(q_N(0))Eg(qN​(0)) for every bounded continuous ggg. qN⇒qq_N \Rightarrow qqN​⇒q is stated in coupling form (Skorokhod representation with almost-sure uniform convergence on compact time intervals), which is equivalent to J1J_1J1​ weak convergence when the limit is continuous.
  • Limit. The SDE is pathwise (Lebesgue integral, no Itô integral). Brownian motion is Mathlib's IsBrownianReal with every path continuous and every coordinate measurable. q(0)q(0)q(0) is independent of bbb, which is implicit in the paper. The goal asserts existence of a solution with qN⇒qq_N \Rightarrow qqN​⇒q and uniqueness of its law; dropping the uniqueness clause, fixing ν\nuν to a point mass, restricting to β>0\beta > 0β>0, μ=1\mu = 1μ=1, θ=μ\theta = \muθ=μ, or the stationary case is a different theorem.
  • Infinitesimal moments. Defined exactly as displayed, with ⌊⋅⌋\lfloor\cdot\rfloor⌊⋅⌋ the integer part. The display is printed for θ=0\theta = 0θ=0; the milestone is its 0<θ<∞0 < \theta < \infty0<θ<∞ instance with the limit fff of Theorem 2, pointwise in xxx.
  • Not covered. The cases θ=0\theta = 0θ=0 and θ=∞\theta = \inftyθ=∞ of Theorem 2* and the interchange of limits (Part 2).

Contributions welcome: a Poisson time-change existence theorem, tightness criteria in D[0,∞)D[0,\infty)D[0,∞), well-posedness of Lipschitz SDEs with additive noise, and the martingale-problem approach to identifying limits.

Selected references

  • O. Garnett, A. Mandelbaum, M. Reiman, Designing a Call Center with Impatient Customers, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 4(3):208–227, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.4.3.208.7753
  • S. Halfin, W. Whitt, Heavy-Traffic Limits for Queues with Many Exponential Servers, Operations Research 29(3):567–588, 1981. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.29.3.567
  • P. J. Fleming, A. Stolyar, B. Simon, Heavy Traffic Limit for a Mobile Phone System Loss Model, Proc. 2nd Int. Conf. on Telecommunication Systems Modeling and Analysis, 1994.
  • A. Mandelbaum, W. A. Massey, M. I. Reiman, Strong Approximations for Markovian Service Networks, Queueing Systems 30:149–201, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1019112920622
  • S. N. Ethier, T. G. Kurtz, Markov Processes: Characterization and Convergence, Wiley, 1986. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316658
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Revenue Management Without Forecasting or Optimization: An Adaptive Algorithm for Determining Airline Seat Protection Levels: Fill-Event Updates Converge to the Optimal Protection LevelsResearch Paper

Motivation

Airlines sell seats on a single flight in several fare classes. Discount classes book first, so the carrier must decide how many seats to protect for later, higher-paying passengers. The classical answer, from Littlewood's rule for two classes to the nested optimality conditions of Brumelle and McGill (1993), computes optimal protection levels from a forecast of the demand distribution of each class. Those forecasts must be built from censored booking data, which is where most of the practical difficulty lies.

van Ryzin and McGill (2000) observed that the optimality conditions themselves can drive an adaptive rule. After each flight one only records whether a fill event occurred (whether demand reached each protection level) and moves the levels by a stochastic-approximation step. No forecast and no optimization is needed. Their Theorem 1 asserts that this rule converges almost surely to the optimal protection levels, with an explicit mean-square rate. It is one of the standard references for model-free revenue management. The convergence proof combines Robbins–Monro theory, the Robbins–Siegmund supermartingale lemma and an induction over fare classes.

Setting

There are k+1k+1k+1 fare classes with fares f1>f2>⋯>fk+1>0f_1 > f_2 > \cdots > f_{k+1} > 0f1​>f2​>⋯>fk+1​>0 and discount ratios ri+1=fi+1/f1r_{i+1} = f_{i+1}/f_1ri+1​=fi+1​/f1​. On a flight the class demands X1,…,Xk+1X_1, \dots, X_{k+1}X1​,…,Xk+1​ are independent, nonnegative and continuously distributed. Successive flights X1,X2,…X^1, X^2, \dotsX1,X2,… are independent with the same law.

A protection vector is θ=(θ1,…,θk)\theta = (\theta_1, \dots, \theta_k)θ=(θ1​,…,θk​). The fill events are

Ai(θ,X)={X1>θ1, X1+X2>θ2, …, X1+⋯+Xi>θi},i=1,…,k.A_i(\theta, X) = \{X_1 > \theta_1,\ X_1 + X_2 > \theta_2,\ \dots,\ X_1 + \cdots + X_i > \theta_i\}, \qquad i = 1, \dots, k.Ai​(θ,X)={X1​>θ1​, X1​+X2​>θ2​, …, X1​+⋯+Xi​>θi​},i=1,…,k.

A vector θ∗\theta^*θ∗ is characterised by the optimality condition (3), P(Ai(θ∗,X))=ri+1P(A_i(\theta^*, X)) = r_{i+1}P(Ai​(θ∗,X))=ri+1​ for i=1,…,ki = 1, \dots, ki=1,…,k. The adjustments are Hi(θ,X)=ri+1−1(Ai(θ,X))H_i(\theta, X) = r_{i+1} - \mathbf 1(A_i(\theta, X))Hi​(θ,X)=ri+1​−1(Ai​(θ,X)), and their means are hi(θ)=ri+1−P(Ai(θ,X))h_i(\theta) = r_{i+1} - P(A_i(\theta, X))hi​(θ)=ri+1​−P(Ai​(θ,X)). From an arbitrary θ1\theta^1θ1 the algorithm updates

θn+1=θn−γnH(θn,Xn),γn=An+B, A>0, B≥0.\theta^{n+1} = \theta^n - \gamma_n H(\theta^n, X^n), \qquad \gamma_n = \frac{A}{n + B},\ A > 0,\ B \ge 0.θn+1=θn−γn​H(θn,Xn),γn​=n+BA​, A>0, B≥0.

The interim protection levels pi(θ)=max⁡{θj:1≤j≤i}p_i(\theta) = \max\{\theta_j : 1 \le j \le i\}pi​(θ)=max{θj​:1≤j≤i} are what the airline actually uses to control bookings. The updates themselves monitor Ai(θn,Xn)A_i(\theta^n, X^n)Ai​(θn,Xn).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 765)

Assume:

  • A1: every XiX_iXi​ has bounded support.
  • A2 (windowed): for each R>0R > 0R>0 there is δR>0\delta_R > 0δR​>0 with (θi−θi∗) hi(θi,θi−1∗,…,θ1∗)≥δR∣θi−θi∗∣2(\theta_i - \theta^*_i)\,h_i(\theta_i, \theta^*_{i-1}, \dots, \theta^*_1) \ge \delta_R|\theta_i - \theta^*_i|^2(θi​−θi∗​)hi​(θi​,θi−1∗​,…,θ1∗​)≥δR​∣θi​−θi∗​∣2 whenever ∣θi−θi∗∣≤R|\theta_i - \theta^*_i| \le R∣θi​−θi∗​∣≤R.
  • A3: the distribution functions of the partial sums X1+⋯+XiX_1 + \cdots + X_iX1​+⋯+Xi​ are Lipschitz.

Then for i=1,…,ki = 1, \dots, ki=1,…,k,

θin→θi∗ a.s.,pi(θ∗)=θi∗,\theta^n_i \to \theta^*_i \ \text{a.s.}, \qquad p_i(\theta^*) = \theta^*_i,θin​→θi∗​ a.s.,pi​(θ∗)=θi∗​,

and there are β>0\beta > 0β>0 and CCC with

E∣θin−θi∗∣2≤C γnβ/2i−1.E|\theta^n_i - \theta^*_i|^2 \le C\,\gamma_n^{\beta/2^{i-1}}.E∣θin​−θi∗​∣2≤Cγnβ/2i−1​.

The exponent is left existential, as in the paper, so any improvement of the rate constant still proves the goal.

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's own proof, in attack order:

  • the base case i=1i = 1i=1 (p. 765);
  • the Lipschitz bound on hi+1h_{i+1}hi+1​ (p. 766);
  • Lemma 3, boundedness of the iterates (p. 764);
  • the almost-supermartingale inequality (12) (p. 766);
  • Lemma 1 (p. 764);
  • the a.s. summability of γn∣θin−θi∗∣\gamma_n|\theta^n_i - \theta^*_i|γn​∣θin​−θi∗​∣ (p. 766);
  • Lemma 2, Robbins–Siegmund (p. 764);
  • the induction step for (9) (p. 766);
  • Lemma 4, the rate recursion (p. 764).

Significance

Theorem 1 says that the nested optimality conditions of Brumelle and McGill can be reached by observing binary fill events alone. It also says that the limit is automatically ordered, θ1∗≤⋯≤θk∗\theta^*_1 \le \cdots \le \theta^*_kθ1∗​≤⋯≤θk∗​, so the interim levels coincide with the limit. The algorithm is distribution-free and needs neither demand forecasts nor uncensoring, which is why it is used in practice and as a baseline for later data-driven and learning-based revenue management.

The theorem is proved in the paper. As far as is known it has no machine-checked proof. Formalizing it requires a vector Robbins–Monro argument with coupled coordinates, the Robbins–Siegmund lemma, and an explicit polynomial rate. Two of the milestones are general probability facts reusable far beyond this mission: Lemma 1, and Robbins–Siegmund, which no platform item states yet. The formalization also corrects the record on two printed slips, described under Formalization scope.

Difficulty

Coordinate i+1i+1i+1 is not a Robbins–Monro process by itself. Its fill event Ai+1(θ,X)A_{i+1}(\theta, X)Ai+1​(θ,X) depends on all of θ1,…,θi+1\theta_1, \dots, \theta_{i+1}θ1​,…,θi+1​, so the drift of θi+1n\theta^n_{i+1}θi+1n​ is perturbed by the errors of the lower coordinates. Applying a scalar convergence theorem coordinate by coordinate fails at this point. The perturbation has to be bounded via the Lipschitz assumption A3 and shown to be summable along the path, which uses the mean-square rate already established for class iii. The rate and the almost-sure convergence must therefore be carried through the induction together. The exponent halves at each class. A second difficulty is that A2 is only usable on a bounded set, so boundedness of the iterates (Lemma 3) has to come first and must be uniform.

Formalization scope

Classes are indexed from 111 in Lean (N\mathbb NN-indexed vectors whose index 000 and indices above k+1k+1k+1 are never read). A flight's demand vector has the product law ⨂iνi\bigotimes_i \nu_i⨂i​νi​, and the sample path has the countable product of copies of it. Lean's iterate … n is the paper's θn+1\theta^{n+1}θn+1, so the rate pairs it with γn+1\gamma_{n+1}γn+1​. Continuity of a demand law is "every singleton is null". Expectations are Bochner integrals, and integrability is part of each rate conclusion. The fill event reuses the published NestedSeatAlloc.ProbCond.nestEvent.

Pinned and corrected statements:

  • A2 as printed is unsatisfiable. It asks for one δ\deltaδ valid for all θi\theta_iθi​. Since ∣hi∣≤1|h_i| \le 1∣hi​∣≤1, the inequality fails once ∣θi−θi∗∣>1/δ|\theta_i - \theta^*_i| > 1/\delta∣θi​−θi∗​∣>1/δ, so the printed Theorem 1 is vacuously true. The mission uses the windowed A2 above. That is what the proof applies to bounded iterates, and what the paper's sufficient condition (a density bounded below near θ∗\theta^*θ∗) yields. A formalization with the printed A2, or with any other hypothesis no instance satisfies, is ruled out.
  • The base case. The page claims the rate "for all 0<β<10 < \beta < 10<β<1". That is false in general. The milestone states "for some β>0\beta > 0β>0", which is all Theorem 1 uses.
  • Integrability. Lemma 2 assumes each ZnZ_nZn​ integrable, so that the conditional expectation is genuine. Lemma 3's "bounded (a.s.)" is read as a bound uniform in nnn.
  • Standing assumptions. Nonnegative demands and positive fares are added where the argument uses them.

Not posed: §4's modifications (projection onto the capacity, randomized integer levels, booking lead times) and the simulations of §5.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the general lemmas (Lemma 1, Robbins–Siegmund) stated for arbitrary probability spaces, measurability facts for the recursion, and the elementary Lemma 4.

Selected references

  • G. van Ryzin and J. McGill, Revenue Management Without Forecasting or Optimization: An Adaptive Algorithm for Determining Airline Seat Protection Levels, Management Science 46(6), 760–775, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.46.6.760.11936
  • S. L. Brumelle and J. I. McGill, Airline Seat Allocation with Multiple Nested Fare Classes, Operations Research 41(1), 127–137, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.41.1.127
  • H. Robbins and D. Siegmund, A convergence theorem for non negative almost supermartingales and some applications, in Optimizing Methods in Statistics, Academic Press, 233–257, 1971. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-604550-5.50015-8
  • A. Benveniste, M. Métivier and P. Priouret, Adaptive Algorithms and Stochastic Approximations, Springer, 1990. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-75894-2
  • E. Lukacs, Stochastic Convergence, 2nd ed., Academic Press, 1975.
12 thms1 active userReviewed
CombinatoricsTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

On Lattices, Learning with Errors, Random Linear Codes, and Cryptography 4: A Random Subset Sum of l Uniform Elements of a Finite Abelian Group Is on Average Within √(|G|/2^l) of UniformResearch Paper

Motivation

Regev's On Lattices, Learning with Errors, Random Linear Codes, and Cryptography (J. ACM 56(6), 2009, Article 34; doi:10.1145/1568318.1568324) introduced the Learning with Errors (LWE) problem and built a public-key cryptosystem on it. The source for this mission is that published J. ACM article. The paper's main theorem, a quantum reduction from worst-case lattice problems to LWE, is outside this series; this mission formalizes a self-contained piece of finite combinatorics from §5.

In the cryptosystem the public key is a list of mmm LWE samples, and a bit is encrypted by adding up a uniformly random subset of them. Semantic security rests on one fact: if the public key were truly uniform, the sum of a random subset of it would be close to uniform, so the ciphertext would carry no information about the bit. Claim 5.3 (p. 34:36) makes this precise for an arbitrary finite abelian group GGG. It is a special case of the leftover hash lemma of Impagliazzo and Zuckerman (1989), in which the family of functions b↦∑ibigib \mapsto \sum_i b_i g_ib↦∑i​bi​gi​ indexed by g∈Glg \in G^lg∈Gl is a universal hash family. Variants of the same statement appear in the security proofs of most lattice-based encryption schemes that use random subset sums, including the dual-Regev and GPV-style constructions.

Setting

Let GGG be a finite abelian group, written additively, with ∣G∣|G|∣G∣ elements, and let l≥0l \ge 0l≥0 be an integer. For g=(g1,…,gl)∈Glg = (g_1, \dots, g_l) \in G^lg=(g1​,…,gl​)∈Gl and b=(b1,…,bl)∈{0,1}lb = (b_1, \dots, b_l) \in \{0,1\}^lb=(b1​,…,bl​)∈{0,1}l the subset sum ∑ibigi\sum_i b_i g_i∑i​bi​gi​ is the sum of the gig_igi​ with bi=1b_i = 1bi​=1 (the empty subset gives 000). The distribution of the sum of a uniformly random subset of g1,…,glg_1, \dots, g_lg1​,…,gl​ is

Pg(h)=12l ∣{ b∈{0,1}l∣∑ibigi=h }∣,h∈G.P_g(h) = \frac{1}{2^l}\,\bigl|\{\, b \in \{0,1\}^l \mid \textstyle\sum_i b_i g_i = h \,\}\bigr|, \qquad h \in G.Pg​(h)=2l1​​{b∈{0,1}l∣∑i​bi​gi​=h}​,h∈G.

The paper defines the statistical distance of two densities as ∫∣φ1−φ2∣\int |\varphi_1 - \varphi_2|∫∣φ1​−φ2​∣, with range [0,2][0,2][0,2], and notes that the same definition applies to discrete random variables (p. 34:14). The distance of PgP_gPg​ from the uniform distribution on GGG is therefore

Δ(g)=∑h∈G∣Pg(h)−1∣G∣∣,\Delta(g) = \sum_{h \in G} \Bigl| P_g(h) - \frac{1}{|G|} \Bigr|,Δ(g)=h∈G∑​​Pg​(h)−∣G∣1​​,

with no factor 12\tfrac1221​. Expectations and probabilities over ggg refer to a uniform choice of g1,…,gl∈Gg_1, \dots, g_l \in Gg1​,…,gl​∈G, that is, the uniform distribution on all ∣G∣l|G|^l∣G∣l tuples, repetitions allowed: Expg[F(g)]=∣G∣−l∑g∈GlF(g)\mathrm{Exp}_g[F(g)] = |G|^{-l}\sum_{g \in G^l} F(g)Expg​[F(g)]=∣G∣−l∑g∈Gl​F(g).

In Lean these objects are RegevLWE.SubsetSum.subsetSum, P, statDistUniform and expectG.

Formalization targets

Goal: Claim 5.3

Expg[Δ(g)]≤∣G∣2landPr⁡g[Δ(g)>∣G∣/2l4]≤∣G∣2l4.\mathop{\mathrm{Exp}}_g\bigl[\Delta(g)\bigr] \le \sqrt{\frac{|G|}{2^l}} \qquad\text{and}\qquad \Pr_g\Bigl[\Delta(g) > \sqrt[4]{|G|/2^l}\Bigr] \le \sqrt[4]{\frac{|G|}{2^l}}.Expg​[Δ(g)]≤2l∣G∣​​andgPr​[Δ(g)>4∣G∣/2l​]≤42l∣G∣​​.

Both sentences of the claim are in the goal. The second is what the security proof (Lemma 5.4, p. 34:37) uses: for all but a ∣G∣/2l4\sqrt[4]{|G|/2^l}4∣G∣/2l​ fraction of public keys, the random subset sum is within ∣G∣/2l4\sqrt[4]{|G|/2^l}4∣G∣/2l​ of uniform. The constants are exactly as printed.

Milestones

  1. The ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ norm as a collision probability (p. 34:36). For every ggg, with b,b′b, b'b,b′ independent and uniform in {0,1}l\{0,1\}^l{0,1}l,
∑hPg(h)2=Pr⁡b,b′[∑ibigi=∑ibi′gi]≤12l+Pr⁡b,b′[∑ibigi=∑ibi′gi∣b≠b′].\sum_{h} P_g(h)^2 = \Pr_{b,b'}\Bigl[\textstyle\sum_i b_i g_i = \sum_i b'_i g_i\Bigr] \le \frac{1}{2^l} + \Pr_{b,b'}\Bigl[\textstyle\sum_i b_i g_i = \sum_i b'_i g_i \Bigm| b \neq b'\Bigr].h∑​Pg​(h)2=b,b′Pr​[∑i​bi​gi​=∑i​bi′​gi​]≤2l1​+Prb,b′​[∑i​bi​gi​=∑i​bi′​gi​​b=b′].
  1. Collisions of distinct subsets (p. 34:37). For any b≠b′b \neq b'b=b′, Pr⁡g[∑ibigi=∑ibi′gi]=1/∣G∣\Pr_g[\sum_i b_i g_i = \sum_i b'_i g_i] = 1/|G|Prg​[∑i​bi​gi​=∑i​bi′​gi​]=1/∣G∣.
  2. Expected ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ norm (p. 34:37). Expg[∑hPg(h)2]≤1/2l+1/∣G∣\mathrm{Exp}_g[\sum_h P_g(h)^2] \le 1/2^l + 1/|G|Expg​[∑h​Pg​(h)2]≤1/2l+1/∣G∣.
  3. Cauchy–Schwarz and the ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ identity (p. 34:37), pointwise in ggg:
∑h∣Pg(h)−1∣G∣∣≤∣G∣1/2(∑h(Pg(h)−1∣G∣)2)1/2,∑h(Pg(h)−1∣G∣)2=∑hPg(h)2−1∣G∣.\sum_h \Bigl|P_g(h) - \frac{1}{|G|}\Bigr| \le |G|^{1/2}\Bigl(\sum_h \Bigl(P_g(h) - \frac{1}{|G|}\Bigr)^2\Bigr)^{1/2}, \qquad \sum_h \Bigl(P_g(h) - \frac{1}{|G|}\Bigr)^2 = \sum_h P_g(h)^2 - \frac{1}{|G|}.h∑​​Pg​(h)−∣G∣1​​≤∣G∣1/2(h∑​(Pg​(h)−∣G∣1​)2)1/2,h∑​(Pg​(h)−∣G∣1​)2=h∑​Pg​(h)2−∣G∣1​.

Significance

The result. Claim 5.3 is the step in the security proof of Regev's cryptosystem that removes the public key from the picture: once the key is replaced by uniform samples (by the LWE assumption), the claim shows that an encryption is statistically close to uniform, independently of the encrypted bit. The parameter choice m≥(1+ϵ)(n+1)log⁡pm \ge (1+\epsilon)(n+1)\log pm≥(1+ϵ)(n+1)logp of Lemma 5.4 is exactly what makes ∣G∣/2m|G|/2^m∣G∣/2m negligible for G=Zpn×ZpG = \mathbb{Z}_p^n \times \mathbb{Z}_pG=Zpn​×Zp​. Without the claim the cryptosystem would have a hardness assumption but no reduction from it.

Formalizing it. The claim is proved, with a complete argument in the paper; nothing here is open. To our knowledge no machine-checked proof of this statement, or of the leftover hash lemma for subset-sum hash families over a general finite abelian group, exists in Mathlib or on the platform. A formal proof gives a reusable, constant-exact statement of the subset-sum leftover hash lemma with the paper's normalization of statistical distance. The four milestones are standard facts about finite averages and collision probabilities that recur in many cryptographic security proofs.

Difficulty

There is no deep step; the work is in organizing finite counting arguments without loss. Two points need care. The collision fact Pr⁡g[∑ibigi=∑ibi′gi]=1/∣G∣\Pr_g[\sum_i b_i g_i = \sum_i b'_i g_i] = 1/|G|Prg​[∑i​bi​gi​=∑i​bi′​gi​]=1/∣G∣ holds for every pair b≠b′b \neq b'b=b′ only because the coefficients bi−bi′b_i - b'_ibi​−bi′​ lie in {−1,0,1}\{-1, 0, 1\}{−1,0,1}: for a general linear form over a group with torsion, a nonzero coefficient vector need not give a uniformly distributed sum, so an argument that treats the coefficients as arbitrary integers fails. And passing from the ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ bound to the expected ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ distance requires the exchange of expectation and square root in the right direction (concavity), which is easy to misapply. The bound must hold for every finite abelian group and every lll, including l=0l = 0l=0 and ∣G∣=1|G| = 1∣G∣=1, with no asymptotic slack.

Formalization scope

  • GGG is any type with [AddCommGroup G] [Fintype G] [DecidableEq G]; l:Nl : ℕl:N, and l=0l = 0l=0 is allowed (then PgP_gPg​ is the point mass at 000 and the claim holds). No hypothesis is added to the paper's statement: ∣G∣≥1|G| \ge 1∣G∣≥1 holds for every group.
  • {0,1}l\{0,1\}^l{0,1}l is encoded as Fin l → Bool; ggg ranges over all functions Fin l → G, so the uniform choice of ggg is over all ∣G∣l|G|^l∣G∣l tuples with repetition, not over lll-element subsets of GGG.
  • Every expectation and probability is an exact finite average with real values: Expg[F]=∣G∣−l∑gF(g)\mathrm{Exp}_g[F] = |G|^{-l}\sum_g F(g)Expg​[F]=∣G∣−l∑g​F(g), and Pr⁡g[E]\Pr_g[E]Prg​[E] is the number of tuples satisfying EEE divided by ∣G∣l|G|^l∣G∣l. Probabilities over (b,b′)(b, b')(b,b′) are counts over the (2l)2(2^l)^2(2l)2 pairs; the conditional probability given b≠b′b \neq b'b=b′ divides by (2l)2−2l(2^l)^2 - 2^l(2l)2−2l. At l=0l = 0l=0 the paper's conditional probability is undefined; Lean's convention 0/0=00/0 = 00/0=0 makes milestone 1 read 1≤11 \le 11≤1 there, which is consistent with the paper.
  • The statistical distance is ∑h∣Pg(h)−1/∣G∣∣\sum_h |P_g(h) - 1/|G||∑h​∣Pg​(h)−1/∣G∣∣, without 12\tfrac1221​. A formalization with the 12\tfrac1221​-normalized total variation distance would state a weaker result (half the bound) and is excluded. "More than" in the second sentence is strict, "at most" is ≤\le≤. The fourth root is Real.sqrt (Real.sqrt x).
  • Milestone 4 states only the first two steps of the paper's final chain (the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality and the identity), pointwise in ggg; the remaining two steps (Jensen for the square root and the substitution of milestone 3) are part of the goal. Its milestone text quotes the whole chain for context.
  • No definitions beyond the four above are needed, and no measure theory. Proofs of the milestones, and alternative proofs of the goal (for instance via Fourier analysis on GGG), are welcome.

Selected references

  • O. Regev, On Lattices, Learning with Errors, Random Linear Codes, and Cryptography, Journal of the ACM 56(6), Article 34, 2009. doi:10.1145/1568318.1568324
  • R. Impagliazzo and D. Zuckerman, How to Recycle Random Bits, Proc. 30th IEEE FOCS, 248–253, 1989. doi:10.1109/SFCS.1989.63486
  • J. Håstad, R. Impagliazzo, L. A. Levin and M. Luby, A Pseudorandom Generator from any One-way Function, SIAM Journal on Computing 28(4), 1364–1396, 1999. doi:10.1137/S0097539793244708
6 thms1 active userReviewed
Experimental DesignOperations ResearchStatistics+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Kriging for Simulation Metamodeling II: The MSE of the Optimal Stochastic Kriging Predictor Exceeds the Kriging MSE by a Positive Definite FormResearch Paper

Motivation

A simulation metamodel is a cheap surrogate for an expensive stochastic simulation: after running the simulation at a few design settings, one predicts the mean response at settings never simulated. Kriging, the interpolation method of geostatistics and of the design and analysis of computer experiments (DACE; Sacks, Welch, Mitchell and Wynn 1989; Santner, Williams and Notz 2003), treats the unknown response surface as a realization of a random field and predicts by the best linear predictor. Kriging was developed for deterministic computer codes, where an observation is the exact response. A stochastic simulation returns the response plus sampling noise, and the noise may be correlated across settings when the experimenter uses common random numbers (CRN).

Ankenman, Nelson and Staum, Stochastic Kriging for Simulation Metamodeling (Proc. 2008 Winter Simulation Conference, pp. 362–370), extend kriging to this setting. The mission formalizes §2 of that paper: the form of the optimal linear predictor, called stochastic kriging, and the formula for its mean squared error, which shows how much the simulation noise costs. The source used throughout is the WSC 2008 proceedings paper, not the later Operations Research 58(2) 2010 article, whose numbering differs.

Setting

Fix a probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)(Ω,F,P) and a set of design settings x\mathbf xx. On replication j=1,2,…j=1,2,\dotsj=1,2,… at setting x\mathbf xx the simulation outputs (display (3), with constant trend)

Yj(x)=β0+M(x)+εj(x).\mathcal Y_j(\mathbf x)=\beta_0+\mathsf M(\mathbf x)+\varepsilon_j(\mathbf x).Yj​(x)=β0​+M(x)+εj​(x).

The constant β0\beta_0β0​ is the overall mean. M\mathsf MM is a mean-zero random field, the extrinsic uncertainty imposed by the modeller. εj(x)\varepsilon_j(\mathbf x)εj​(x) is mean-zero sampling noise, the intrinsic uncertainty of the simulation; its variance may depend on x\mathbf xx, and noises at different settings may be correlated (CRN). All of these have finite second moments, and the field is uncorrelated with the noise.

An experiment design runs ni≥1n_i\ge1ni​≥1 replications at each of kkk design points x1,…,xk\mathbf x_1,\dots,\mathbf x_kx1​,…,xk​. The data are the sample means (4)

Yˉ(xi)=1ni∑j=1niYj(xi),Yˉ=(Yˉ(x1),…,Yˉ(xk))⊤,\bar{\mathcal Y}(\mathbf x_i)=\frac1{n_i}\sum_{j=1}^{n_i}\mathcal Y_j(\mathbf x_i),\qquad\bar{\mathcal Y}=(\bar{\mathcal Y}(\mathbf x_1),\dots,\bar{\mathcal Y}(\mathbf x_k))^\top,Yˉ​(xi​)=ni​1​j=1∑ni​​Yj​(xi​),Yˉ​=(Yˉ​(x1​),…,Yˉ​(xk​))⊤,

and the target at a point x0\mathbf x_0x0​ is the noise-free response Y(x0)=β0+M(x0)\mathsf Y(\mathbf x_0)=\beta_0+\mathsf M(\mathbf x_0)Y(x0​)=β0​+M(x0​).

Write ΣM(x,x′)=Cov[M(x),M(x′)]\Sigma_{\mathsf M}(\mathbf x,\mathbf x')=\mathrm{Cov}[\mathsf M(\mathbf x),\mathsf M(\mathbf x')]ΣM​(x,x′)=Cov[M(x),M(x′)]. Then ΣM\Sigma_{\mathsf M}ΣM​ is the k×kk\times kk×k matrix of these covariances at the design points, ΣM(x0,⋅)\Sigma_{\mathsf M}(\mathbf x_0,\cdot)ΣM​(x0​,⋅) is the vector (Cov[M(x0),M(xi)])i(\mathrm{Cov}[\mathsf M(\mathbf x_0),\mathsf M(\mathbf x_i)])_{i}(Cov[M(x0​),M(xi​)])i​, and Σε\Sigma_\varepsilonΣε​ is the k×kk\times kk×k covariance matrix of the averaged noises ∑j=1niεj(xi)/ni\sum_{j=1}^{n_i}\varepsilon_j(\mathbf x_i)/n_i∑j=1ni​​εj​(xi​)/ni​. A linear predictor (5) is λ0+λ⊤Yˉ\lambda_0+\lambda^\top\bar{\mathcal Y}λ0​+λ⊤Yˉ​ with arbitrary weights (λ0,λ)∈R×Rk(\lambda_0,\lambda)\in\mathbb R\times\mathbb R^k(λ0​,λ)∈R×Rk; its mean squared error is E[(λ0+λ⊤Yˉ−Y(x0))2]\mathrm E[(\lambda_0+\lambda^\top\bar{\mathcal Y}-\mathsf Y(\mathbf x_0))^2]E[(λ0​+λ⊤Yˉ​−Y(x0​))2]. The optimal MSE MSE⋆\mathrm{MSE}^\starMSE⋆ is the infimum of this quantity over all weights.

Formalization targets

Goal: display (7)

There is a rule Ξ\XiΞ, assigning a positive definite matrix Ξ(ΣM,Σε)\Xi(\Sigma_{\mathsf M},\Sigma_\varepsilon)Ξ(ΣM​,Σε​) to every pair of positive definite matrices, such that in every model as above with ΣM≻0\Sigma_{\mathsf M}\succ0ΣM​≻0 and Σε≻0\Sigma_\varepsilon\succ0Σε​≻0, and at every x0\mathbf x_0x0​,

MSE⋆=ΣM(x0,x0)−ΣM(x0,⋅)⊤[ΣM+Σε]−1ΣM(x0,⋅)=[ΣM(x0,x0)−ΣM(x0,⋅)⊤ΣM−1ΣM(x0,⋅)]+ΣM(x0,⋅)⊤ Ξ ΣM(x0,⋅).\begin{aligned}\mathrm{MSE}^\star&=\Sigma_{\mathsf M}(\mathbf x_0,\mathbf x_0)-\Sigma_{\mathsf M}(\mathbf x_0,\cdot)^\top[\Sigma_{\mathsf M}+\Sigma_\varepsilon]^{-1}\Sigma_{\mathsf M}(\mathbf x_0,\cdot)\\&=\Big[\Sigma_{\mathsf M}(\mathbf x_0,\mathbf x_0)-\Sigma_{\mathsf M}(\mathbf x_0,\cdot)^\top\Sigma_{\mathsf M}^{-1}\Sigma_{\mathsf M}(\mathbf x_0,\cdot)\Big]+\Sigma_{\mathsf M}(\mathbf x_0,\cdot)^\top\,\Xi\,\Sigma_{\mathsf M}(\mathbf x_0,\cdot).\end{aligned}MSE⋆​=ΣM​(x0​,x0​)−ΣM​(x0​,⋅)⊤[ΣM​+Σε​]−1ΣM​(x0​,⋅)=[ΣM​(x0​,x0​)−ΣM​(x0​,⋅)⊤ΣM−1​ΣM​(x0​,⋅)]+ΣM​(x0​,⋅)⊤ΞΣM​(x0​,⋅).​

The bracket is the usual kriging MSE. The goal also states that MSE⋆\mathrm{MSE}^\starMSE⋆ strictly exceeds it whenever ΣM(x0,⋅)≠0\Sigma_{\mathsf M}(\mathbf x_0,\cdot)\neq0ΣM​(x0​,⋅)=0. The matrix Ξ\XiΞ is existential and depends only on the two covariance matrices, not on x0\mathbf x_0x0​.

Milestone: display (6)

If ΣM+Σε≻0\Sigma_{\mathsf M}+\Sigma_\varepsilon\succ0ΣM​+Σε​≻0, the stochastic kriging predictor

Y^(x0)=β0+ΣM(x0,⋅)⊤[ΣM+Σε]−1(Yˉ−β01k)\widehat{\mathsf Y}(\mathbf x_0)=\beta_0+\Sigma_{\mathsf M}(\mathbf x_0,\cdot)^\top[\Sigma_{\mathsf M}+\Sigma_\varepsilon]^{-1}(\bar{\mathcal Y}-\beta_0\mathbf 1_k)Y(x0​)=β0​+ΣM​(x0​,⋅)⊤[ΣM​+Σε​]−1(Yˉ​−β0​1k​)

is of the form (5), attains the smallest MSE among all predictors of that form, and is the only one that does.

Further items (not milestones)

  • (9)–(10): the two-point example, with closed forms for the predictor and its MSE in terms of τ2\tau^2τ2, r12r_{12}r12​, r0r_0r0​, V\mathsf VV, ρ\rhoρ and nnn.
  • (14): the equicorrelated example, MSE⋆=τ2(1−kr02/(1+(k−1)r+γ/n))\mathrm{MSE}^\star=\tau^2\big(1-k r_0^2/(1+(k-1)r+\gamma/n)\big)MSE⋆=τ2(1−kr02​/(1+(k−1)r+γ/n)).
  • §3, p. 365: under the Gaussian Assumption 1, Y^(x0)=E[Y(x0)∣Yˉ]\widehat{\mathsf Y}(\mathbf x_0)=\mathrm E[\mathsf Y(\mathbf x_0)\mid\bar{\mathcal Y}]Y(x0​)=E[Y(x0​)∣Yˉ​] almost surely.

Significance

Display (7) quantifies the price of simulation noise. With exact observations the best achievable error is the kriging MSE; with noisy observations it is larger by a positive definite form in the cross-covariance vector. Every point x0\mathbf x_0x0​ that is correlated with the design therefore loses accuracy. The two examples make this concrete. In (10) the MSE increases with the intrinsic correlation ρ\rhoρ, which is why the paper concludes that common random numbers, a standard variance-reduction device for comparing systems, do not help prediction. Display (14) is the baseline against which the paper measures the cost of estimating the noise variance. The conditional-expectation statement shows that under Gaussian assumptions stochastic kriging is optimal among all predictors, not only linear ones.

The results are classical in substance: they are the best-linear-prediction formulas of second-order random-field theory, applied to data whose covariance is ΣM+Σε\Sigma_{\mathsf M}+\Sigma_\varepsilonΣM​+Σε​. The paper states them without proof ("we can show"). No machine-checked version exists. Formalizing them yields a reusable, measure-theoretic best-linear-predictor theorem for random vectors defined from a model rather than postulated, together with the Loewner-order fact behind the positive definiteness of Ξ\XiΞ.

Difficulty

The algebra is short; the difficulty is in deriving the second-moment structure from the model, not assuming it. The covariance of Yˉ\bar{\mathcal Y}Yˉ​ must be computed from the sample-mean definition, using bilinearity of covariance over finite sums of square-integrable variables, and shown to equal ΣM+Σε\Sigma_{\mathsf M}+\Sigma_\varepsilonΣM​+Σε​. The cross-covariance with Y(x0)\mathsf Y(\mathbf x_0)Y(x0​) must be shown to equal ΣM(x0,⋅)\Sigma_{\mathsf M}(\mathbf x_0,\cdot)ΣM​(x0​,⋅). The MSE of an arbitrary affine predictor then has to be written as a quadratic in (λ0,λ)(\lambda_0,\lambda)(λ0​,λ), and its infimum identified.

A first idea is to take "a random vector with mean β01\beta_0\mathbf 1β0​1 and covariance Σ\SigmaΣ" as the hypothesis. That proves a different, more abstract statement and leaves the model's content unproved.

For the second line of (7), the positive definiteness of Ξ\XiΞ does not follow from a scalar argument. It is a matrix inequality, (A+B)−1≺A−1(A+B)^{-1}\prec A^{-1}(A+B)−1≺A−1 for A,B≻0A,B\succ0A,B≻0, and it fails without Σε≻0\Sigma_\varepsilon\succ0Σε​≻0: when Σε=0\Sigma_\varepsilon=0Σε​=0 the two lines coincide.

Formalization scope

  • The model. Settings form an arbitrary type X; design points are x : Fin k → X, so the paper's index iii is i.val + 1. Replication j≥1j\ge1j≥1 is index j - 1 of a sequence ε : ℕ → X → Ω → ℝ.
  • Moments and covariances. Field and noise are in L2L^2L2 and have mean zero. Covariances are Mathlib's covariance. The optimal MSE is an infimum over all of R×Rk\mathbb R\times\mathbb R^kR×Rk, with no unbiasedness constraint and no sign constraint.
  • Hypotheses not printed in §2. Three are added and disclosed:
    1. uncorrelatedness of M\mathsf MM and ε\varepsilonε, the second-order content of Assumption 1's "independent of M\mathsf MM", without which the covariance of Yˉ\bar{\mathcal Y}Yˉ​ is not ΣM+Σε\Sigma_{\mathsf M}+\Sigma_\varepsilonΣM​+Σε​;
    2. square integrability;
    3. ΣM≻0\Sigma_{\mathsf M}\succ0ΣM​≻0 and Σε≻0\Sigma_\varepsilon\succ0Σε​≻0 in the goal. Lean's matrix inverse returns 000 for a singular matrix, and Ξ≻0\Xi\succ0Ξ≻0 is false when Σε\Sigma_\varepsilonΣε​ is singular.
  • Generality kept. No Gaussianity, no independence across replications and no "no CRN" restriction is imposed on (6) and (7).
  • Examples. ∣r12∣<1|r_{12}|<1∣r12​∣<1 in (10) and r≤1r\le1r≤1 in (14) are added, since both are correlations.
  • Non-trivializing. A positive semidefinite Ξ\XiΞ, or a Ξ\XiΞ chosen after x0\mathbf x_0x0​, would make the goal trivial or strictly weaker; the statement fixes Ξ\XiΞ as a function of (ΣM,Σε)(\Sigma_{\mathsf M},\Sigma_\varepsilon)(ΣM​,Σε​) before the model and the point.

Infrastructure needed and reusable beyond this mission:

  • covariance of averages of L2L^2L2 random variables;
  • the MSE of an affine predictor as a quadratic form;
  • minimization of a positive definite quadratic;
  • the Loewner antitonicity of the inverse;
  • for the conditional-expectation item, Gaussian conditioning via uncorrelated-hence-independent residuals.

Contributions to any of these are welcome.

Selected references

  • B. Ankenman, B. L. Nelson, J. Staum, Stochastic Kriging for Simulation Metamodeling, Proceedings of the 2008 Winter Simulation Conference, IEEE, pp. 362–370, 2008. http://www.informs-sim.org/wsc08papers/042.pdf
  • B. Ankenman, B. L. Nelson, J. Staum, Stochastic Kriging for Simulation Metamodeling, Operations Research 58(2), 371–382, 2010 (later journal version, not used here). https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0754
  • J. Sacks, W. J. Welch, T. J. Mitchell, H. P. Wynn, Design and Analysis of Computer Experiments, Statistical Science 4(4), 409–423, 1989. https://doi.org/10.1214/ss/1177012413
  • T. J. Santner, B. J. Williams, W. I. Notz, The Design and Analysis of Computer Experiments, Springer, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4757-3799-8
4 thms1 active userReviewed
Experimental DesignOperations ResearchStatistics+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Kriging for Simulation Metamodeling I: The Plug-In Stochastic Kriging Predictor Is UnbiasedResearch Paper

Motivation

Stochastic simulation models of queues, supply chains and manufacturing systems are often too slow to run at every input setting of interest. A metamodel fitted to a moderate number of simulation runs then stands in for the simulation, for instance inside an optimization or a sensitivity analysis. Kriging, developed in geostatistics and in the design and analysis of deterministic computer experiments (DACE), predicts an unknown response surface by treating it as a realization of a Gaussian random field. Deterministic kriging interpolates its data exactly, which is wrong for stochastic simulation, where each run returns the response plus sampling noise.

Ankenman, Nelson and Staum's stochastic kriging separates the two sources of uncertainty: the extrinsic uncertainty of the unknown surface and the intrinsic uncertainty of the simulation output. Its optimal predictor requires the intrinsic noise variances, which are never known in practice and are replaced by sample variances computed from the same replications. This mission formalizes the paper's first key result: this plug-in step introduces no prediction bias.

The source is the Winter Simulation Conference 2008 proceedings version of the paper (pp. 362–370). The later Operations Research 58(2) (2010) article numbers its results differently and is not the reference here.

Setting

Fix a probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)(Ω,F,P) and design variables x∈Rd\mathbf x\in\mathbb R^dx∈Rd. On replication j=1,2,…j=1,2,\dotsj=1,2,… at setting x\mathbf xx the simulation returns

Yj(x)=β0+M(x)+εj(x),\mathcal Y_j(\mathbf x)=\beta_0+\mathsf M(\mathbf x)+\varepsilon_j(\mathbf x),Yj​(x)=β0​+M(x)+εj​(x),

where β0∈R\beta_0\in\mathbb Rβ0​∈R is a constant trend, M\mathsf MM is a mean-zero random field on Rd\mathbb R^dRd (the unknown surface) and εj(x)\varepsilon_j(\mathbf x)εj​(x) is the noise of replication jjj. The quantity to predict at any point x0\mathbf x_0x0​, simulated or not, is the noise-free response Y(x0)=β0+M(x0)\mathsf Y(\mathbf x_0)=\beta_0+\mathsf M(\mathbf x_0)Y(x0​)=β0​+M(x0​).

An experiment design is a list of pairs (xi,ni)(\mathbf x_i,n_i)(xi​,ni​), i=1,…,ki=1,\dots,ki=1,…,k, with distinct design points xi\mathbf x_ixi​ and nin_ini​ replications at xi\mathbf x_ixi​. The data are summarized by the sample means Yˉ(xi)=1ni∑j=1niYj(xi)\bar{\mathcal Y}(\mathbf x_i)=\frac1{n_i}\sum_{j=1}^{n_i}\mathcal Y_j(\mathbf x_i)Yˉ​(xi​)=ni​1​∑j=1ni​​Yj​(xi​), collected in the vector Yˉ∈Rk\bar{\mathcal Y}\in\mathbb R^kYˉ​∈Rk, and the sample variances

S2(xi)=1ni−1∑j=1ni(Yj(xi)−Yˉ(xi))2.\mathcal S^2(\mathbf x_i)=\frac1{n_i-1}\sum_{j=1}^{n_i}\big(\mathcal Y_j(\mathbf x_i)-\bar{\mathcal Y}(\mathbf x_i)\big)^2 .S2(xi​)=ni​−11​j=1∑ni​​(Yj​(xi​)−Yˉ​(xi​))2.

The extrinsic covariances are the k×kk\times kk×k matrix ΣM=(Cov[M(xh),M(xi)])h,i\Sigma_{\mathsf M}=(\mathrm{Cov}[\mathsf M(\mathbf x_h),\mathsf M(\mathbf x_i)])_{h,i}ΣM​=(Cov[M(xh​),M(xi​)])h,i​ and the vector ΣM(x0,⋅)=(Cov[M(x0),M(xi)])i\Sigma_{\mathsf M}(\mathbf x_0,\cdot)=(\mathrm{Cov}[\mathsf M(\mathbf x_0),\mathsf M(\mathbf x_i)])_{i}ΣM​(x0​,⋅)=(Cov[M(x0​),M(xi​)])i​.

Assumption 1. M\mathsf MM is a stationary Gaussian random field: all its finite-dimensional laws are multivariate normal with mean 000, the covariance is τ2R(x−x′)\tau^2R(\mathbf x-\mathbf x')τ2R(x−x′) with τ2>0\tau^2>0τ2>0 and R(0)=1R(\mathbf 0)=1R(0)=1, and the covariance matrix at finitely many distinct points is positive definite. At each design point the noises ε1(xi),ε2(xi),…\varepsilon_1(\mathbf x_i),\varepsilon_2(\mathbf x_i),\dotsε1​(xi​),ε2​(xi​),… are i.i.d. N(0,V(xi))N(0,\mathsf V(\mathbf x_i))N(0,V(xi​)) with V(xi)>0\mathsf V(\mathbf x_i)>0V(xi​)>0; noises at different design points are independent (no common random numbers); and the whole noise family is independent of M\mathsf MM.

The intrinsic variance at a design point is estimated by V^(xi)=S2(xi)\widehat{\mathsf V}(\mathbf x_i)=\mathcal S^2(\mathbf x_i)V(xi​)=S2(xi​), giving Σ^ε=Diag{V^(x1)/n1,…,V^(xk)/nk}\widehat\Sigma_\varepsilon=\mathrm{Diag}\{\widehat{\mathsf V}(\mathbf x_1)/n_1,\dots,\widehat{\mathsf V}(\mathbf x_k)/n_k\}Σε​=Diag{V(x1​)/n1​,…,V(xk​)/nk​} and the plug-in stochastic kriging predictor

Y^^(x0)=β0+ΣM(x0,⋅)⊤[ΣM+Σ^ε]−1(Yˉ−β01k).(13)\widehat{\widehat{\mathsf Y}}(\mathbf x_0)=\beta_0+\Sigma_{\mathsf M}(\mathbf x_0,\cdot)^\top\big[\Sigma_{\mathsf M}+\widehat\Sigma_\varepsilon\big]^{-1}\big(\bar{\mathcal Y}-\beta_0\mathbf 1_k\big).\tag{13}Y(x0​)=β0​+ΣM​(x0​,⋅)⊤[ΣM​+Σε​]−1(Yˉ​−β0​1k​).(13)

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 366)

Under Assumption 1, with ni≥2n_i\ge2ni​≥2 replications at every design point, the prediction error is integrable and

E[Y^^(x0)−Y(x0)]=0.\mathrm E\Big[\widehat{\widehat{\mathsf Y}}(\mathbf x_0)-\mathsf Y(\mathbf x_0)\Big]=0 .E[Y(x0​)−Y(x0​)]=0.

Milestones (p. 365)

  1. Under Assumption 1, (Y(x0),Yˉ(x1),…,Yˉ(xk))(\mathsf Y(\mathbf x_0),\bar{\mathcal Y}(\mathbf x_1),\dots,\bar{\mathcal Y}(\mathbf x_k))(Y(x0​),Yˉ​(x1​),…,Yˉ​(xk​)) is multivariate normal.
  2. Under Assumption 1, S2(xi)\mathcal S^2(\mathbf x_i)S2(xi​) has a scaled chi-squared distribution: (ni−1)S2(xi)/V(xi)∼χni−12(n_i-1)\mathcal S^2(\mathbf x_i)/\mathsf V(\mathbf x_i)\sim\chi^2_{n_i-1}(ni​−1)S2(xi​)/V(xi​)∼χni​−12​.
  3. Under Assumption 1, S2(xi)\mathcal S^2(\mathbf x_i)S2(xi​) is strongly consistent for V(xi)\mathsf V(\mathbf x_i)V(xi​): the sample variance of the first mmm replications converges to V(xi)\mathsf V(\mathbf x_i)V(xi​) almost surely as m→∞m\to\inftym→∞.

Significance

Theorem 1 says that the practitioner's shortcut, estimating the noise variances from the replications and plugging them into the optimal predictor, keeps the predictor unbiased; the cost of not knowing the intrinsic variance is paid entirely in mean squared error. This is what makes the paper's subsequent comparison of the plug-in MSE with the known-variance MSE the right measure of the penalty for estimation.

None of these statements has a machine-checked proof, and Mathlib has neither the chi-squared law of the normal sample variance nor the independence of the normal sample mean and sample variance. A complete development produces these classical facts of normal sampling theory for the first time in Lean, together with a reusable model of noisy observations of a Gaussian random field.

Difficulty

The predictor is a nonlinear function of the data: its weight vector [ΣM+Σ^ε]−1ΣM(x0,⋅)[\Sigma_{\mathsf M}+\widehat\Sigma_\varepsilon]^{-1}\Sigma_{\mathsf M}(\mathbf x_0,\cdot)[ΣM​+Σε​]−1ΣM​(x0​,⋅) is random and depends on the same replications as Yˉ\bar{\mathcal Y}Yˉ​. Linearity of expectation therefore does not apply directly: the obvious argument, which treats the weights as constants, fails, and the dependence between the estimated variances, the sample means and the field has to be controlled exactly. The joint independence structure of Assumption 1 — across replications, across design points, and between noise and field — is load-bearing; a weaker pairwise or pointwise independence does not suffice. Integrability of the error must also be established, since the weights depend on random variances.

Formalization scope

Design points are indexed by Fin k (the paper's iii is i.val + 1) and lie in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d); replication j≥1j\ge1j≥1 of the paper is index j - 1 of a sequence, so sums run over Finset.range. The field is M : EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) → Ω → ℝ with Mathlib's IsGaussianProcess; covariances are ProbabilityTheory.covariance; stationarity is Cov[M(y),M(y′)]=τ2R(y−y′)\mathrm{Cov}[\mathsf M(\mathbf y),\mathsf M(\mathbf y')]=\tau^2R(\mathbf y-\mathbf y')Cov[M(y),M(y′)]=τ2R(y−y′) with R(0)=1R(\mathbf 0)=1R(0)=1. The noise law is HasLaw … (gaussianReal 0 (V (x i))); independence is one iIndepFun over the family indexed by Fin k × ℕ plus one IndepFun between that whole family and the whole field. The variance function is ℝ≥0-valued with V(xi)>0\mathsf V(\mathbf x_i)>0V(xi​)>0 assumed; replication counts satisfy ni≥2n_i\ge2ni​≥2 wherever S2\mathcal S^2S2 appears and ni≥1n_i\ge1ni​≥1 where only means appear. The chi-squared law χν2\chi^2_\nuχν2​ is gammaMeasure (ν/2) (1/2).

The covariance quantities ΣM\Sigma_{\mathsf M}ΣM​ and ΣM(x0,⋅)\Sigma_{\mathsf M}(\mathbf x_0,\cdot)ΣM​(x0​,⋅) in (13) are the true ones; only Σε\Sigma_\varepsilonΣε​ is estimated, and Σ^ε\widehat\Sigma_\varepsilonΣε​ is built from the same replications as Yˉ\bar{\mathcal Y}Yˉ​. A formalization in which Σ^ε\widehat\Sigma_\varepsilonΣε​ is deterministic or independent of the data, in which the matrix ΣM+Σ^ε\Sigma_{\mathsf M}+\widehat\Sigma_\varepsilonΣM​+Σε​ may be singular (Lean's Matrix.inv returns 000 there, reducing the claim to E[M(x0)]=0\mathrm E[\mathsf M(\mathbf x_0)]=0E[M(x0​)]=0), or in which the expectation is asserted without integrability, would trivialize the goal and is ruled out: positive definiteness of ΣM\Sigma_{\mathsf M}ΣM​ at distinct design points is part of Assumption 1, and integrability is part of the conclusion. x0\mathbf x_0x0​ may coincide with a design point.

A complete development needs: the law of linear images of independent Gaussian vectors; independence of the sample mean and the residual vector for i.i.d. normal samples (Cochran's theorem); the chi-squared law of the normal sample variance; the strong law of large numbers for the sample variance; and a measurability and boundedness argument for the random weight vector. The normal-sampling results are reusable well beyond this mission and are welcome as separate contributions.

Selected references

  • B. Ankenman, B. L. Nelson, J. Staum, Stochastic Kriging for Simulation Metamodeling, Proceedings of the 2008 Winter Simulation Conference, IEEE, pp. 362–370, 2008. http://www.informs-sim.org/wsc08papers/042.pdf
  • B. Ankenman, B. L. Nelson, J. Staum, Stochastic Kriging for Simulation Metamodeling, Operations Research 58(2):371–382, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0754
  • T. J. Santner, B. J. Williams, W. I. Notz, The Design and Analysis of Computer Experiments, Springer, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4757-3799-8
6 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryMachine Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

A Simple Adaptive Procedure Leading to Correlated Equilibrium 1: Under Regret-Matching (2.2), the Empirical Distributions of Play Converge Almost Surely to the Set of Correlated EquilibriaResearch Paper

Motivation

A correlated equilibrium (Aumann 1974) is a probability distribution over strategy profiles of a game such that no player gains by deviating from a recommended strategy, given the recommendation. It is the solution concept of choice when players can condition on common signals, and its set is a convex polytope defined by linear inequalities, which makes it computationally tractable in a way that Nash equilibrium is not. A natural question in learning in games is whether simple adaptive behaviour by individual players, each using only their own payoffs and the observed history, leads to it.

Hart and Mas-Colell (2000) answer this with regret matching: each player switches away from their last action with probabilities proportional to the regret for not having played other actions in the past. They show that if every player uses this rule, the empirical distribution of play converges almost surely to the set of correlated equilibria. The procedure and its analysis became standard references for no-regret learning, internal (swap) regret, and the counterfactual-regret-minimization algorithms used in large imperfect-information games.

Timeline. Foster and Vohra (1997) obtained convergence to correlated equilibria by calibrated forecasting. Fudenberg and Levine (1999) gave conditionally consistent procedures with the same consequence. Hart and Mas-Colell (2000) gave the regret-matching procedure (2.2), in which a player's probabilities depend on regrets only, together with a Blackwell-approachability variant (their Theorem A, the subject of the companion mission 2 of this series).

Setting

A finite game Γ=(N,(Si)i∈N,(ui)i∈N)\Gamma=(N,(S^i)_{i\in N},(u^i)_{i\in N})Γ=(N,(Si)i∈N​,(ui)i∈N​) has a finite set of players NNN, a finite strategy set SiS^iSi for each player, and payoffs ui:S→Ru^i:S\to\mathbb Rui:S→R on S=∏iSiS=\prod_i S^iS=∏i​Si. A probability distribution ψ\psiψ on SSS is a correlated ε\varepsilonε-equilibrium if for every player iii and all j,k∈Sij,k\in S^ij,k∈Si

∑s: si=jψ(s) [ui(k,s−i)−ui(s)]≤ε;\sum_{s:\,s^i=j}\psi(s)\,[u^i(k,s^{-i})-u^i(s)]\le\varepsilon ;s:si=j∑​ψ(s)[ui(k,s−i)−ui(s)]≤ε;

a correlated equilibrium is the case ε=0\varepsilon=0ε=0.

The game is played at t=1,2,…t=1,2,\dotst=1,2,…, producing a history ht=(s1,…,st)h_t=(s_1,\dots,s_t)ht​=(s1​,…,st​). For j,k∈Sij,k\in S^ij,k∈Si the regret of player iii is

Dti(j,k)=1t∑τ≤t: sτi=j[ui(k,sτ−i)−ui(sτ)],Rti(j,k)=max⁡{Dti(j,k),0}:D^i_t(j,k)=\frac1t\sum_{\tau\le t:\,s^i_\tau=j}[u^i(k,s^{-i}_\tau)-u^i(s_\tau)],\qquad R^i_t(j,k)=\max\{D^i_t(j,k),0\}:Dti​(j,k)=t1​τ≤t:sτi​=j∑​[ui(k,sτ−i​)−ui(sτ​)],Rti​(j,k)=max{Dti​(j,k),0}:

the average gain player iii would have had by playing kkk every time they played jjj. Fix μ\muμ with μ>2Mi(mi−1)\mu>2M^i(m^i-1)μ>2Mi(mi−1) for every iii, where Mi≥∣ui∣M^i\ge|u^i|Mi≥∣ui∣ and mi=∣Si∣m^i=|S^i|mi=∣Si∣. Under regret matching (2.2), if player iii last played jjj, then at t+1t+1t+1 they play each k≠jk\ne jk=j with probability Rti(j,k)/μR^i_t(j,k)/\muRti​(j,k)/μ and repeat jjj with the remaining probability; the first-period mixed actions are arbitrary, and given the history the players randomize independently. The empirical distribution of play is zt(s)=1t∣{τ≤t:sτ=s}∣z_t(s)=\frac1t|\{\tau\le t:s_\tau=s\}|zt​(s)=t1​∣{τ≤t:sτ​=s}∣.

Formalization targets

Goal: the Main Theorem

Almost surely, ztz_tzt​ converges to the set of correlated equilibria:

P(∀ε>0 ∃T ∀t>T ∃ψ correlated equilibrium with dist⁡(zt,ψ)<ε)=1.P\Big(\forall\varepsilon>0\ \exists T\ \forall t>T\ \exists\psi\ \text{correlated equilibrium with } \operatorname{dist}(z_t,\psi)<\varepsilon\Big)=1 .P(∀ε>0 ∃T ∀t>T ∃ψ correlated equilibrium with dist(zt​,ψ)<ε)=1.

This is convergence to a set, not to a point; the paper notes that ztz_tzt​ need not converge.

Milestones

They follow the Appendix proof:

  • the PROPOSITION (§3), a deterministic equivalence: lim sup⁡tRti(j,k)≤ε\limsup_t R^i_t(j,k)\le\varepsilonlimsupt​Rti​(j,k)≤ε for all iii and j≠kj\ne kj=k iff ztz_tzt​ converges to the set of correlated ε\varepsilonε-equilibria;
  • positivity of the diagonal of the transition matrix Πt\Pi_tΠt​ of (2.2);
  • Steps M1–M11, with the two LEMMAs used in the proofs of M4 and M7.

The squared distance ρt=∑j≠k[Rt(j,k)]2\rho_t=\sum_{j\ne k}[R_t(j,k)]^2ρt​=∑j=k​[Rt​(j,k)]2 satisfies a block recursion (M1). The cross term is rewritten through the transition probabilities (M2) and compared with a stationary auxiliary process (M3–M5). It then factors into a difference of consecutive matrix powers (M6), which is small (M7). This gives

E[(t+v)2ρt+v∣ht]≤t2ρt+O(v3+tv1/2)(M8).E[(t+v)^2\rho_{t+v}\mid h_t]\le t^2\rho_t+O(v^3+tv^{1/2})\qquad\text{(M8)}.E[(t+v)2ρt+v​∣ht​]≤t2ρt​+O(v3+tv1/2)(M8).

Along tn=⌊n5/3⌋t_n=\lfloor n^{5/3}\rfloortn​=⌊n5/3⌋ this gives ρtn→0\rho_{t_n}\to0ρtn​​→0 a.s. (M9–M10), and then Rt(j,k)→0R_t(j,k)\to0Rt​(j,k)→0 a.s. (M11). A companion item states the strong law for dependent variables that M10 cites.

Significance

The result. The Main Theorem shows that correlated equilibrium is reached by uncoupled play: each player needs only their own payoff function and the history of play, and nothing about the others' payoffs. Steps M10–M11 give more than the goal, namely that every player's internal regrets vanish almost surely. The procedure underlies later work on swap regret, calibrated learning and regret-minimization algorithms for extensive-form games.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper. As far as a search of the platform and the local index shows, it has no machine-checked proof. The mission asks for one, following the paper's eleven steps. Several pieces are general and reusable: a bound on consecutive powers of a stochastic matrix with positive diagonal (LEMMA, proof of M7); a perturbation bound for multi-step transition probabilities (LEMMA, proof of M4); and a strong law of large numbers for martingale differences with general normalizing sequences, which Mathlib does not have in this form.

Difficulty

The natural approach is Blackwell approachability: show that the expected regret vector moves toward the nonpositive orthant in one step. It fails here. The one-step condition holds when a player uses an invariant distribution of Πt\Pi_tΠt​, which is the procedure of Theorem A, but regret matching uses a row of Πt\Pi_tΠt​ instead. The cross term of the one-step recursion therefore does not vanish.

The proof has to work over blocks of vvv periods. Within a block the players' choices are not independent given hth_tht​, because the transition probabilities change with time. The paper therefore compares the play with a process whose transitions are frozen at time ttt. The matrix-power estimate cannot use convergence of Πtw\Pi_t^wΠtw​, since only the diagonal of Πt\Pi_tΠt​ is known to be positive and Πt\Pi_tΠt​ may be reducible or periodic in its off-diagonal structure. The block length must also balance the errors w2/tw^2/tw2/t and w−1/2w^{-1/2}w−1/2, which is why the subsequence tn=⌊n5/3⌋t_n=\lfloor n^{5/3}\rfloortn​=⌊n5/3⌋ appears.

Formalization scope

Players form a Fintype ι, strategies form Fintypes S i, each nonempty, and a profile is a function ∀ i, S i. Δ(Q)\Delta(Q)Δ(Q) is Mathlib's stdSimplex. Time is 0-based: play τ is sτ+1s_{\tau+1}sτ+1​, and a history is a tuple Fin t → ∀ i, S i. Regrets, ztz_tzt​, Πt\Pi_tΠt​ and ρt\rho_tρt​ are deterministic functions of a finite history. Every statement has t≥1t\ge1t≥1, because the Lean value at t=0t=0t=0 is a default. A play of a behaviour profile on a probability space (IsPlay) is a sequence of profile-valued random variables with measurable level sets whose conditional law given any history of positive probability is the product of the players' mixed actions. Statements quantify over every probability space carrying a play, and conditional quantities given hth_tht​ assume P[ht]>0P[h_t]>0P[ht​]>0. The auxiliary s^\hat ss^-process is encoded by its explicit law, a power of the product transition matrix. The paper's O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) (footnote 34) is a constant chosen after the game, MMM and μ\muμ and before the initial play, the probability space and the play. Distances on RS\mathbb R^SRS are sup distances.

The hypotheses are exactly footnote 5's: ∣ui∣≤Mi|u^i|\le M^i∣ui∣≤Mi and μ>2Mi(mi−1)\mu>2M^i(m^i-1)μ>2Mi(mi−1), with one μ\muμ for all players. The goal requires every player to follow (2.2). If other players may play arbitrarily the statement is false (§4(d)), so IsPlay constrains all of them. The goal is stated with an existential correlated equilibrium at distance less than ε\varepsilonε, not with a distance to a possibly empty set, so no encoding makes it vacuous.

Disclosed choices:

  • the LEMMA of M7 is stated with a constant that depends only on a lower bound on the diagonal, which is what the proof gives and what M7 uses;
  • the PROPOSITION states lim sup⁡≤ε\limsup\le\varepsilonlimsup≤ε as "for every δ>0\delta>0δ>0, eventually ≤ε+δ\le\varepsilon+\delta≤ε+δ";
  • the strong law assumes each XnX_nXn​ is measurable and in L2L^2L2.

Contributions are welcome at every milestone. The two LEMMAs and the strong law are self-contained and independent of the game.

Selected references

  • S. Hart and A. Mas-Colell, A Simple Adaptive Procedure Leading to Correlated Equilibrium, Econometrica 68(5) (2000), 1127–1150. https://doi.org/10.1111/1468-0262.00153
  • R. J. Aumann, Subjectivity and Correlation in Randomized Strategies, Journal of Mathematical Economics 1 (1974), 67–96. https://doi.org/10.1016/0304-4068(74)90037-8
  • D. P. Foster and R. V. Vohra, Calibrated Learning and Correlated Equilibrium, Games and Economic Behavior 21 (1997), 40–55. https://doi.org/10.1006/game.1997.0595
  • D. Fudenberg and D. K. Levine, Conditional Universal Consistency, Games and Economic Behavior 29 (1999), 104–130. https://doi.org/10.1006/game.1998.0705
  • D. Blackwell, An Analog of the Minimax Theorem for Vector Payoffs, Pacific Journal of Mathematics 6 (1956), 1–8. https://doi.org/10.2140/pjm.1956.6.1
  • M. Loève, Probability Theory II, 4th ed., Springer (1978), Theorem 32.1.E.
17 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Structure of Lost-Sales Inventory Models 3: If Demand Increases in the Convex Order, the Optimal Lost-Sales Cost f̄_t(v; φ) Is Nondecreasing in φResearch Paper

Motivation

In the periodic-review inventory model with lost sales, demand that cannot be met from stock is lost rather than backordered. With a positive order lead time LLL the state of the system is a vector of length LLL: on-hand stock plus the L−1L-1L−1 orders still in the pipeline. This model is standard in retail, where a customer facing an empty shelf buys elsewhere. Its optimal policy is not a base-stock policy and depends on the whole pipeline vector, which makes it much harder to analyse than the backorder model.

A basic question for any stochastic inventory model is how its optimal cost responds to uncertainty in demand. For the backorder model it is classical that more variable demand costs more (Song 1994). Zipkin's paper (Oper. Res. 56(4), 2008, 937–944) recasts the lost-sales model in a transformed state in which the optimal cost functions are L♮^\natural♮-convex. Its §5 uses this structure to prove the lost-sales analogue: if demand becomes more variable in the convex order, the optimal cost does not decrease. The paper presents this as new in the lost-sales setting.

Timeline of the structural results the mission rests on:

  • 1958: Karlin and Scarf analyse the lost-sales model with lead time one and show that the optimal order decreases in the on-hand stock, with sensitivity less than one.
  • 1969: Morton extends these monotonicity and bounded-sensitivity properties to general lead times and derives bounds on the optimal order.
  • 2008: Zipkin reproves these properties through L♮^\natural♮-convexity in the transformed state (Theorem 4) and adds the parametric result of §5 (Theorem 11).

Setting

The order lead time is a positive integer LLL. The cost factors are the unit procurement cost ccc, the unit holding cost h^\hat hh^, the unit lost-sales penalty ppp and the discount factor γ\gammaγ. Demands in different periods are independent and nonnegative, with a common law. The paper treats states and orders as continuous.

Transformed state. A state is a vector v=(v0,…,vL−1)v=(v_0,\dots,v_{L-1})v=(v0​,…,vL−1​), where vlv_lvl​ is the stock on hand plus all orders due to arrive lll or more periods hence, and vL=0v_L=0vL​=0 by convention. So v0v_0v0​ is the inventory position and v0−v1v_0-v_1v0​−v1​ is the stock on hand. The state space is

V={v∈RL: v0≥v1≥⋯≥vL−1≥0}.V=\{v\in\mathbb R^L:\ v_0\ge v_1\ge\cdots\ge v_{L-1}\ge0\}.V={v∈RL: v0​≥v1​≥⋯≥vL−1​≥0}.

The action is ζ=−z≤0\zeta=-z\le0ζ=−z≤0, where z≥0z\ge0z≥0 is the order quantity, and eee is the all-ones vector. After demand ddd, the next state is

v+=([v0−v1−d]++v1, v2, …, vL−1, 0)−ζe.v_+=\big([v_0-v_1-d]^++v_1,\ v_2,\ \dots,\ v_{L-1},\ 0\big)-\zeta e.v+​=([v0​−v1​−d]++v1​, v2​, …, vL−1​, 0)−ζe.

Costs and recursion. The end-of-period holding and penalty cost is q^(u)=h^u++pu−\hat q(u)=\hat hu^++pu^-q^​(u)=h^u++pu−, and its expectation given on-hand stock yyy is q^0(y)=E[q^(y−d)]\hat q^0(y)=E[\hat q(y-d)]q^​0(y)=E[q^​(y−d)]. The optimal cost functions satisfy

gˉt(v,ζ)=−γLcζ+q^0(v0−v1)+γE[fˉt+1(v+)],fˉt(v)=min⁡ζ≤0gˉt(v,ζ),\bar g_t(v,\zeta)=-\gamma^Lc\zeta+\hat q^0(v_0-v_1)+\gamma E[\bar f_{t+1}(v_+)],\qquad \bar f_t(v)=\min_{\zeta\le0}\bar g_t(v,\zeta),gˉ​t​(v,ζ)=−γLcζ+q^​0(v0​−v1​)+γE[fˉ​t+1​(v+​)],fˉ​t​(v)=ζ≤0min​gˉ​t​(v,ζ),

with fˉT+L+1=0\bar f_{T+L+1}=0fˉ​T+L+1​=0. This is the paper's recursion (1)–(2), written in the state vvv.

Program (4). Fix a demand ddd. Choosing the next stock level v+v_+v+​, with −d≤v+−v0≤0-d\le v_+-v_0\le0−d≤v+​−v0​≤0 and v+≥v1v_+\ge v_1v+​≥v1​, gives

κˉt(v,ζ∣d)=min⁡v+{h^(v+−v1)+p(v+−v0+d)+γfˉt+1[(v+,v2,…,vL−1,0)−ζe]}.\bar\kappa_t(v,\zeta\mid d)=\min_{v_+}\Big\{\hat h(v_+-v_1)+p(v_+-v_0+d)+\gamma\bar f_{t+1}\big[(v_+,v_2,\dots,v_{L-1},0)-\zeta e\big]\Big\}.κˉt​(v,ζ∣d)=v+​min​{h^(v+​−v1​)+p(v+​−v0​+d)+γfˉ​t+1​[(v+​,v2​,…,vL−1​,0)−ζe]}.

Here v+−v1v_+-v_1v+​−v1​ is the leftover stock and d−(v0−v+)d-(v_0-v_+)d−(v0​−v+​) the unmet demand.

Parametric demand. The demand d(ϕ)d(\phi)d(ϕ) depends on a real parameter ϕ\phiϕ, with law μϕ\mu_\phiμϕ​, and fˉt(v;ϕ)\bar f_t(v;\phi)fˉ​t​(v;ϕ) is the optimal cost under μϕ\mu_\phiμϕ​. A random variable XXX is smaller than YYY in the convex order if E g(X)≤E g(Y)E\,g(X)\le E\,g(Y)Eg(X)≤Eg(Y) for every convex g:R→Rg:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Rg:R→R for which both expectations exist. This forces equal means and a variance that does not decrease.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 11 (p. 941)

If d(ϕ)d(\phi)d(ϕ) is increasing in ϕ\phiϕ with respect to the convex order, then for all ttt and all v∈Vv\in Vv∈V,

ϕ≤ϕ′ ⟹ fˉt(v;ϕ)≤fˉt(v;ϕ′).\phi\le\phi'\ \Longrightarrow\ \bar f_t(v;\phi)\le\bar f_t(v;\phi').ϕ≤ϕ′ ⟹ fˉ​t​(v;ϕ)≤fˉ​t​(v;ϕ′).

Milestones, in attack order

  1. Reformulation (proof of Theorem 4, p. 939). For v∈Vv\in Vv∈V, ζ≤0\zeta\le0ζ≤0, d≥0d\ge0d≥0, the stock level v+=[v0−v1−d]++v1v_+=[v_0-v_1-d]^++v_1v+​=[v0​−v1​−d]++v1​ is optimal in program (4):
κˉt(v,ζ∣d)=q^(v0−v1−d)+γfˉt+1(v+).\bar\kappa_t(v,\zeta\mid d)=\hat q(v_0-v_1-d)+\gamma\bar f_{t+1}(v_+).κˉt​(v,ζ∣d)=q^​(v0​−v1​−d)+γfˉ​t+1​(v+​).
  1. Convexity of the optimal cost (Theorem 4, p. 939, with the remark on p. 938). fˉt\bar f_tfˉ​t​ is convex on VVV for every ttt.
  2. The key step (proof of Theorem 11, p. 941). If FFF is convex and nonnegative on VVV, then program (4) with continuation FFF is jointly convex in (v,ζ,d)(v,\zeta,d)(v,ζ,d) on {v∈V, ζ≤0, d≥0}\{v\in V,\ \zeta\le0,\ d\ge0\}{v∈V, ζ≤0, d≥0}.
  3. The induction step (proof of Theorem 11, p. 941). If fˉt+1(v;ϕ)\bar f_{t+1}(v;\phi)fˉ​t+1​(v;ϕ) is nondecreasing in ϕ\phiϕ on VVV, then so is gˉt(v,ζ;ϕ)\bar g_t(v,\zeta;\phi)gˉ​t​(v,ζ;ϕ) for every ζ≤0\zeta\le0ζ≤0.

Significance

Theorem 11 is a comparative-statics statement: replacing demand by a mean-preserving spread cannot lower the optimal cost from any starting state, at any horizon. It justifies valuing variance reduction in lost-sales systems, for example forecasting or demand pooling, without solving the high-dimensional dynamic program. The induction pattern of the proof transfers to other parametric questions about the model; §6 of the paper notes that the parametric analysis remains valid in several extensions.

The paper proves Theorem 11 in a few lines on top of Theorem 4. No machine-checked proof of the result or of its structural prerequisites is known: neither the lost-sales recursion in the transformed state nor its convexity is formalized. A complete development checks the measure-theoretic steps the paper leaves implicit: that the optimal costs are finite, the existence of the expectations, and the passage from convexity in ddd on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) to the convex order's test functions on R\mathbb RR.

Difficulty

The argument looks immediate: the costs are convex, so the convex order should apply directly. It does not. The function to which the convex order must be applied is the end-of-period cost as a function of demand. In recursion (1) that function is q^(v0−v1−d)+γfˉt+1(v+(d))\hat q(v_0-v_1-d)+\gamma\bar f_{t+1}(v_+(d))q^​(v0​−v1​−d)+γfˉ​t+1​(v+​(d)), where the next state depends on ddd through the kink [v0−v1−d]+[v_0-v_1-d]^+[v0​−v1​−d]+. Convexity of fˉt+1\bar f_{t+1}fˉ​t+1​ alone does not make this composition convex in ddd. The paper avoids the issue by passing to program (4), where the amount of demand filled is a decision. That requires two facts: that selling as much as possible is optimal (milestone 1), and that the program is jointly convex in state, action and demand (milestone 3), which needs convexity of fˉt+1\bar f_{t+1}fˉ​t+1​ on all of VVV (milestone 2). A second difficulty is analytic: the optimal costs are defined by infima and expectations, and one must show that these are finite and integrable before any order comparison applies.

Formalization scope

  • Model. States are Fin L → ℝ with 0-based indices matching the paper. vL=0v_L=0vL​=0 is the helper vext. VVV is the set of antitone, nonnegative vectors.
  • Time. Data are stationary, so the optimal cost is indexed by the number of periods to go kkk, with fˉ=0\bar f=0fˉ​=0 at k=0k=0k=0. The paper's "for all ttt" is "for all kkk".
  • Demand. One-period demand has law μ\muμ, a probability measure on R\mathbb RR with μ((−∞,0))=0\mu((-\infty,0))=0μ((−∞,0))=0 and finite mean. The finite mean is not in the paper; it is added so that q^0\hat q^0q^​0 is finite.
  • Parametric family. A family μϕ\mu_\phiμϕ​, ϕ∈R\phi\in\mathbb Rϕ∈R, with every hypothesis imposed for every ϕ\phiϕ. Every object depending on demand takes the law as an argument, so fˉt(v;ϕ)\bar f_t(v;\phi)fˉ​t​(v;ϕ) is fbar … (μ φ) k v.
  • Costs. "Unit cost" and "discount rate" are read as c,h^,p≥0c,\hat h,p\ge0c,h^,p≥0 and 0<γ≤10<\gamma\le10<γ≤1.
  • Minima. "Min" over orders is an infimum over ζ≤0\zeta\le0ζ≤0, and program (4) is an infimum over the interval [max⁡(v0−d,v1),v0][\max(v_0-d,v_1),v_0][max(v0​−d,v1​),v0​]. Lean's infimum is 000 on sets that are unbounded below or empty. Nonnegative costs and demand keep the infima genuine, and the generic key-step milestone assumes the continuation is nonnegative.
  • Expectations. Bochner integrals.
  • Convex order. The platform definition StochasticOrders.Convex.ConvexOrder (Shaked–Shanthikumar (3.A.1)), applied to the identity on (R,μϕ)(\mathbb R,\mu_\phi)(R,μϕ​). Equal means are a consequence and are not assumed.
  • Convexity milestone. Stated for the model's fˉ\bar ffˉ​ only, not as "L♮^\natural♮-convex implies convex" in general, which fails without regularity.

Ruled out. Value functions that collapse to a junk constant would make Theorem 11 trivially true. This is excluded because the recursion is defined, not assumed, and every cost and demand hypothesis is imposed for every ϕ\phiϕ. Replacing the convex order by "variance nondecreasing", by the increasing convex order, or by test functions convex only on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) changes the theorem and is not accepted.

Infrastructure and contributions. A complete development needs:

  • finiteness and integrability of the optimal costs;
  • convexity of partial infima over convex fibers;
  • monotone extension of a function convex on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) to all of R\mathbb RR.

The model file is shared in shape with the series' missions 1 (L♮^\natural♮-convexity) and 2 (policy bounds), and its convexity lemmas are reusable for other parametric comparisons of the lost-sales model. Proofs of any milestone, and alternative arguments that bypass program (4), are welcome.

Selected references

  • P. Zipkin, On the structure of lost-sales inventory models, Operations Research 56(4), 937–944, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1070.0482
  • S. Karlin, H. Scarf, Inventory models of the Arrow–Harris–Marschak type with time lag, in Studies in the Mathematical Theory of Inventory and Production, Chapter 10, Stanford University Press, 1958.
  • T. E. Morton, Bounds on the solution of the lagged optimal inventory equation with no demand backlogging and proportional costs, SIAM Review 11, 572–576, 1969 (as cited in Zipkin 2008).
  • J.-S. Song, The effect of leadtime uncertainty in a simple stochastic inventory model, Management Science 40(5), 603–613, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.40.5.603
  • D. Stoyan, Comparison Methods for Queues and Other Stochastic Models, Wiley, 1983.
  • M. Shaked, J. G. Shanthikumar, Stochastic Orders, Springer, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-0-387-34675-5
8 thms1 active userReviewed
AnalysisOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

The G/GI/N Queue in the Halfin–Whitt Regime 2: The Diffusion-Limit Equation Is Equivalent to a Renewal-Function Equation, Which Has a Unique Càdlàg SolutionResearch Paper

Motivation

A G/GI/N queue has NNN identical servers, a general arrival process, a first-come-first-served waiting room and i.i.d. service times with a general distribution FFF of mean 111. In the Halfin–Whitt regime the number of servers grows while the traffic intensity ρN\rho^NρN approaches 111 at rate N(1−ρN)→β∈R\sqrt N(1-\rho^N)\to\beta\in\mathbb RN​(1−ρN)→β∈R; this is the standard asymptotic model for large call centers, where a positive fraction of customers wait but waiting times are short. Halfin and Whitt (Oper. Res. 1981) obtained a diffusion limit for exponential service times. Reed (arXiv:0912.2837, Ann. Appl. Probab. 2009) proved the corresponding limit for general service times: the centred and scaled queue length converges (Theorem 5.1) to the solution of a nonlinear stochastic convolution equation, (5.33) below.

Equation (5.33) is written in terms of an infinite-server limit, and it is not evident from its form that it reduces to the Halfin–Whitt diffusion when service is exponential. Section 5.5 of the paper gives a second representation, Corollary 5.2, in which the convolution against FFF is replaced by a convolution against the renewal function of FFF. With exponential service the renewal function is M(t)=tM(t)=tM(t)=t, and the representation becomes the Halfin–Whitt diffusion. This mission formalizes Corollary 5.2 and the renewal-theoretic steps of its proof.

Timeline. Halfin–Whitt (1981): exponential service, diffusion limit. Reed (2009): general service with finite mean; Corollary 5.2 links the general limit back to 1981. Karlin–Taylor (1975) and Ross (1983): the renewal-type equation and the renewal equation that the proof cites.

Setting

Let μ\muμ be a probability measure on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) with mean ∫x dμ(x)=1\int x\,d\mu(x)=1∫xdμ(x)=1 (the service-time law), F(t)=μ((−∞,t])F(t)=\mu((-\infty,t])F(t)=μ((−∞,t]) its distribution function and G=1−FG=1-FG=1−F its tail. The equilibrium distribution is

Fe(x)=∫0xG(u) du,x≥0.(5.4)F_e(x)=\int_0^x G(u)\,du,\qquad x\ge0.\tag{5.4}Fe​(x)=∫0x​G(u)du,x≥0.(5.4)

Let μ∗n\mu^{*n}μ∗n be the nnn-fold convolution of μ\muμ (the law of the nnnth renewal epoch SnS_nSn​). The renewal measure is dM=∑n≥1μ∗ndM=\sum_{n\ge1}\mu^{*n}dM=∑n≥1​μ∗n and the renewal function is M(t)=∑n≥1F∗n(t)M(t)=\sum_{n\ge1}F^{*n}(t)M(t)=∑n≥1​F∗n(t), the expected number of renewals by time ttt.

A path x:R→Rx:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Rx:R→R is càdlàg on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) if it is right continuous at every t≥0t\ge0t≥0 with finite left limits at every t>0t>0t>0; only its values on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) matter. Fix a càdlàg driving path ζ\zetaζ (in the paper ζ~=M~Q+Q~I\tilde\zeta=\tilde M_Q+\tilde Q_Iζ~​=M~Q​+Q~​I​, (5.40)) and β∈R\beta\in\mathbb Rβ∈R. Write y+=max⁡(y,0)y^+=\max(y,0)y+=max(y,0) and y−=min⁡(y,0)≤0y^-=\min(y,0)\le0y−=min(y,0)≤0. The two equations are

q(t)=ζ(t)−βFe(t)+∫0tq+(t−s) dF(s),t≥0,(5.33)q(t)=\zeta(t)-\beta F_e(t)+\int_0^t q^+(t-s)\,dF(s),\qquad t\ge0,\tag{5.33}q(t)=ζ(t)−βFe​(t)+∫0t​q+(t−s)dF(s),t≥0,(5.33) q(t)=ζ(t)+∫0tζ(t−u) dM(u)−βt−∫0tq−(t−u) dM(u),t≥0.(5.41)q(t)=\zeta(t)+\int_0^t\zeta(t-u)\,dM(u)-\beta t-\int_0^t q^-(t-u)\,dM(u),\qquad t\ge0.\tag{5.41}q(t)=ζ(t)+∫0t​ζ(t−u)dM(u)−βt−∫0t​q−(t−u)dM(u),t≥0.(5.41)

All Stieltjes integrals are over the closed interval [0,t][0,t][0,t].

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 5.2 (p. 29)

For every service law μ\muμ, every càdlàg ζ\zetaζ and every β\betaβ:

∀q caˋdlaˋg:q solves (5.33)  ⟺  q solves (5.41),\forall q\ \text{càdlàg}:\quad q\ \text{solves (5.33)}\iff q\ \text{solves (5.41)},∀q caˋdlaˋg:q solves (5.33)⟺q solves (5.41),

and (5.41) has a càdlàg solution that is unique on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) among càdlàg paths.

Milestones, in proof order

  1. (5.39): MMM is finite, solves M(t)=F(t)+∫0tM(t−u) dF(u)M(t)=F(t)+\int_0^tM(t-u)\,dF(u)M(t)=F(t)+∫0t​M(t−u)dF(u), and is its unique locally bounded measurable solution.
  2. (5.42)–(5.43): for locally bounded measurable HHH, r=H+∫0tH(t−u) dM(u)r=H+\int_0^tH(t-u)\,dM(u)r=H+∫0t​H(t−u)dM(u) is the unique locally bounded solution of r(t)=H(t)+∫0tr(t−u) dF(u)r(t)=H(t)+\int_0^tr(t-u)\,dF(u)r(t)=H(t)+∫0t​r(t−u)dF(u).
  3. The identity Fe(t)+∫0tFe(t−s) dM(s)=tF_e(t)+\int_0^tF_e(t-s)\,dM(s)=tFe​(t)+∫0t​Fe​(t−s)dM(s)=t for t≥0t\ge0t≥0 (p. 30).
  4. (5.44): every càdlàg solution of (5.33) satisfies (5.41) with −βt-\beta t−βt replaced by −β(Fe(t)+∫0tFe(t−s) dM(s))-\beta\bigl(F_e(t)+\int_0^tF_e(t-s)\,dM(s)\bigr)−β(Fe​(t)+∫0t​Fe​(t−s)dM(s)).
  5. (5.46) (further): for exponential service of rate 111, M(t)=tM(t)=tM(t)=t and (5.41) becomes q(t)=ζ(t)+∫0tζ(s) ds−βt−∫0tq−(s) dsq(t)=\zeta(t)+\int_0^t\zeta(s)\,ds-\beta t-\int_0^tq^-(s)\,dsq(t)=ζ(t)+∫0t​ζ(s)ds−βt−∫0t​q−(s)ds.

Significance

The result. Corollary 5.2 expresses the many-server diffusion limit as an equation that is linear in the driving process ζ\zetaζ and whose only nonlinearity is the idle-server term ∫0tq−(t−u) dM(u)\int_0^tq^-(t-u)\,dM(u)∫0t​q−(t−u)dM(u). This is how the paper verifies that its general-service limit agrees with Halfin and Whitt's for exponential service, and the paper's sequel interprets the integral term as the limiting idle time of the servers. Uniqueness in (5.41) also yields the paper's remark that Q~N⇒Q~M\tilde Q^N\Rightarrow\tilde Q_MQ~​N⇒Q~​M​, the solution of (5.41).

The formalization. The result is proved in the paper, but only partly written: the printed proof shows that the solution of (5.33) satisfies (5.41), while the converse and the uniqueness are asserted. The mission states both. It also produces, independently of queueing, the renewal measure of a law on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) with possible atoms, its finiteness on bounded sets, the renewal equation and the solution of renewal-type equations, and the identity Fe+Fe∗dM=tF_e+F_e*dM=tFe​+Fe​∗dM=t; none of these is in Mathlib or published on the platform. To our knowledge nothing in this mission has a machine-checked proof.

Difficulty

The forward direction is formal once (5.42)–(5.43) is available, but (5.42)–(5.43) itself needs the renewal measure to be finite on bounded intervals when FFF may have an atom at 000, and the uniqueness half needs an argument that does not assume the kernel has mass below one on any window starting at 000. The converse direction, (5.41) ⇒\Rightarrow⇒ (5.33), cannot be read off the printed proof, because (5.41) is not an equation of renewal type in qqq. The uniqueness of (5.41) is not a contraction argument either: the atom of dMdMdM at 000 has mass F(0)/(1−F(0))F(0)/(1-F(0))F(0)/(1−F(0)), which may exceed 111, so a naive Picard estimate on [0,δ][0,\delta][0,δ] fails.

Formalization scope

  • Paths are functions R→R\mathbb R\to\mathbb RR→R; every equation is asserted for t≥0t\ge0t≥0 and every uniqueness is equality on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞). Values at negative times are never read.
  • The service law is a probability measure μ\muμ on R\mathbb RR with μ((−∞,0))=0\mu((-\infty,0))=0μ((−∞,0))=0, integrable identity and mean 111. The paper places "no additional restrictions on FFF beyond a first moment".
  • The renewal measure is defined as ∑n≥1μ∗n\sum_{n\ge1}\mu^{*n}∑n≥1​μ∗n (Mathlib's additive convolution of measures), not through an i.i.d. sequence; the paper's "expected number of renewals" equals it by Tonelli.
  • Stieltjes integrals are Lebesgue integrals over the closed [0,t][0,t][0,t], so atoms at 000 of dFdFdF and dMdMdM are included. q−q^-q− is min⁡(q,0)\min(q,0)min(q,0), not Mathlib's negPart.
  • Explicit readings: "unique strong solution" is existence and uniqueness among càdlàg paths, pathwise for each fixed ζ\zetaζ. The paper's random statement follows by applying it to each sample path, which lies in D[0,∞)D[0,\infty)D[0,∞) almost surely (p. 30). "Locally bounded" is bounded on every [0,T][0,T][0,T], with measurability added for the functions in (5.39) and (5.42).
  • Corrected slip: (5.42) prints ∫0tr(t) dF(t−u)\int_0^tr(t)\,dF(t-u)∫0t​r(t)dF(t−u); the stated equation is ∫0tr(t−u) dF(u)\int_0^tr(t-u)\,dF(u)∫0t​r(t−u)dF(u). Milestone (5.42)–(5.43) assumes FFF carried by [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) with F(0)<1F(0)<1F(0)<1, under which the cited result holds.
  • Ruled out: the solution of (5.33) is not assumed to exist (it exists by the paper's Proposition 3.1 with a=0a=0a=0, B=FB=FB=F, which the solver must supply). MMM is the renewal measure of the same FFF, never an arbitrary measure assumed to satisfy (5.39). Uniqueness is among càdlàg paths on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), so no non-measurable path makes an integral vanish.
  • Not in the mission: Theorems 4.1 and 5.1 (weak convergence in the Skorohod space), whose limit this corollary rewrites, and the Brownian-motion claim after (5.46).
  • Related platform items, credited but not the same object: BellmanDP.Inventory.renewal_equation_exists_unique (a renewal equation with a density kernel of mass below 111); ChenWhitt93.Reflection.Basic (càdlàg paths on [0,T][0,T][0,T]). Reusable output: the renewal measure, (5.39) and (5.42)–(5.43) serve any renewal-theoretic development. Alternative proofs of the converse and of uniqueness are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Reed, The G/GI/N queue in the Halfin–Whitt regime, Ann. Appl. Probab. 19(6), 2009, 2211–2269. https://arxiv.org/abs/0912.2837 (v1), https://doi.org/10.1214/09-AAP609
  • S. Halfin and W. Whitt, Heavy-traffic limits for queues with many exponential servers, Oper. Res. 29(3), 1981, 567–588. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.29.3.567
  • S. Karlin and H. M. Taylor, A First Course in Stochastic Processes, 2nd ed., Academic Press, 1975 (reference [11] of the paper).
  • S. M. Ross, Stochastic Processes, Wiley, 1983 (reference [19] of the paper, Exercise 3.4).
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Consistent Nonparametric Regression II: Nearest-Neighbor Weights with Vanishing Coefficients Are Consistent for Every Distribution of X (Theorem 2)Research Paper

Motivation

Nonparametric regression estimates the regression function x↦E(Y∣X=x)x \mapsto E(Y \mid X = x)x↦E(Y∣X=x) from i.i.d. observations (X1,Y1),…,(Xn,Yn)(X_1, Y_1), \dots, (X_n, Y_n)(X1​,Y1​),…,(Xn​,Yn​) without assuming a parametric form. The simplest such estimates are local averages: to predict at a point XXX, average the responses YiY_iYi​ of the sample points closest to XXX. Nearest neighbor rules of this kind go back to Fix and Hodges (1951) for classification and are still a standard baseline in statistics and machine learning.

Before 1977, consistency results for such estimates assumed regularity of the distribution of XXX: a density, continuity of the regression function, or bounded support. C. J. Stone's paper Consistent nonparametric regression (Ann. Statist. 5 (1977) 595–645) proved that suitable nearest neighbor estimates are consistent in LrL^rLr for every joint distribution of (X,Y)(X, Y)(X,Y) with E∣Y∣r<∞E|Y|^r < \inftyE∣Y∣r<∞. This property, now called universal consistency, is the subject of the first chapters of Györfi, Kohler, Krzyżak and Walk, A Distribution-Free Theory of Nonparametric Regression (Springer, 2002), where Stone's theorem is the organising result.

This mission formalizes Theorem 2 of Stone's paper, the universal consistency of nearest neighbor weights. Mission I of the series formalizes the general criterion (Theorem 1) that the proof applies; mission III treats conditional quantiles.

Setting

Let X,X1,X2,…X, X_1, X_2, \dotsX,X1​,X2​,… be i.i.d. random vectors in Rd\mathbb R^dRd with an arbitrary law μ\muμ. A weight function WnW_nWn​ assigns to the query point XXX and the sample numbers Wni(X)=Wni(X,X1,…,Xn)W_{ni}(X) = W_{ni}(X, X_1, \dots, X_n)Wni​(X)=Wni​(X,X1​,…,Xn​), 1≤i≤n1 \le i \le n1≤i≤n. It is a probability weight function if Wni≥0W_{ni} \ge 0Wni​≥0 and ∑iWni(X)=1\sum_i W_{ni}(X) = 1∑i​Wni​(X)=1. Given i.i.d. pairs (X,Y),(X1,Y1),…(X, Y), (X_1, Y_1), \dots(X,Y),(X1​,Y1​),… with YYY real, the estimate of E(Y∣X)E(Y \mid X)E(Y∣X) is

E^n(Y∣X)=∑i=1nWni(X) Yi.\hat E_n(Y \mid X) = \sum_{i=1}^n W_{ni}(X)\, Y_i .E^n​(Y∣X)=i=1∑n​Wni​(X)Yi​.

The sequence {Wn}\{W_n\}{Wn​} is consistent if, whenever the pairs are i.i.d. with the given law of XXX, r≥1r \ge 1r≥1 and E∣Y∣r<∞E|Y|^r < \inftyE∣Y∣r<∞, one has E∣E^n(Y∣X)−E(Y∣X)∣r→0E|\hat E_n(Y\mid X) - E(Y\mid X)|^r \to 0E∣E^n​(Y∣X)−E(Y∣X)∣r→0.

Scales and metrics. A scale is a nonnegative function snj=snj(X,X1,…,Xn)s_{nj} = s_{nj}(X, X_1, \dots, X_n)snj​=snj​(X,X1​,…,Xn​), 1≤j≤d1 \le j \le d1≤j≤d, and its pseudometric is

ρn(u,v)=(∑j: snj>0(uj−vjsnj)2)1/2.\rho_n(u, v) = \Big(\sum_{j:\, s_{nj} > 0} \Big(\frac{u_j - v_j}{s_{nj}}\Big)^2\Big)^{1/2}.ρn​(u,v)=(j:snj​>0∑​(snj​uj​−vj​​)2)1/2.

The choice snj≡1s_{nj} \equiv 1snj​≡1 gives the Euclidean metric; the sample standard deviations of the coordinates give a unit-free one. The sequence {sn}\{s_n\}{sn​} is regular (p. 599) with constants 0<a≤b0 < a \le b0<a≤b if P(snj>0)→1P(s_{nj} > 0) \to 1P(snj​>0)→1 for every coordinate of XXX with a nondegenerate law, snj/snls_{nj}/s_{nl}snj​/snl​ is bounded in probability for any two such coordinates, and condition (7) holds: interchanging XXX and XiX_iXi​ changes snjs_{nj}snj​ by a factor in [a,b][a, b][a,b] whenever the jjjth coordinates of X1,…,XnX_1, \dots, X_nX1​,…,Xn​ do not all coincide.

Nearest neighbor weights. Let cn1≥⋯≥cnn≥0c_{n1} \ge \dots \ge c_{nn} \ge 0cn1​≥⋯≥cnn​≥0 with ∑icni=1\sum_i c_{ni} = 1∑i​cni​=1 and cni=0c_{ni} = 0cni​=0 for i>ni > ni>n. The weight of XiX_iXi​ is

Wni(X)=cnν+⋯+cn,ν+λ−1λ,W_{ni}(X) = \frac{c_{n\nu} + \dots + c_{n,\nu+\lambda-1}}{\lambda},Wni​(X)=λcnν​+⋯+cn,ν+λ−1​​,

where ν−1\nu - 1ν−1 is the number of other sample points strictly ρn\rho_nρn​-closer to XXX than XiX_iXi​ and λ−1\lambda - 1λ−1 the number at the same distance: the kkkth closest point receives cnkc_{nk}cnk​, and tied points share the average of the coefficients of their ranks. The uniform kkk-NN rule is cni=1/kc_{ni} = 1/kcni​=1/k for i≤ki \le ki≤k.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 600)

For every law μ\muμ of XXX and every regular sequence of scales,

lim⁡n∑i>αncni=0  (∀α>0)andlim⁡ncn1=0⟹{Wn} is consistent.\lim_{n} \sum_{i > \alpha n} c_{ni} = 0 \ \ (\forall \alpha > 0) \quad\text{and}\quad \lim_n c_{n1} = 0 \quad\Longrightarrow\quad \{W_n\} \text{ is consistent.}nlim​i>αn∑​cni​=0  (∀α>0)andnlim​cn1​=0⟹{Wn​} is consistent.

Uniform, triangular and quadratic knk_nkn​-NN weights with kn→∞k_n \to \inftykn​→∞, kn/n→0k_n / n \to 0kn​/n→0 satisfy both conditions (Corollary 3).

Milestones

  1. Corollary 1 (sufficiency), p. 598. Probability weights with E∑iWni(X)f(Xi)≤C Ef(X)E\sum_i W_{ni}(X) f(X_i) \le C\,Ef(X)E∑i​Wni​(X)f(Xi​)≤CEf(X) for some C≥1C \ge 1C≥1 and all nonnegative Borel fff, with ∑iWni(X)I{∥Xi−X∥>a}→0\sum_i W_{ni}(X) I_{\{\|X_i - X\| > a\}} \to 0∑i​Wni​(X)I{∥Xi​−X∥>a}​→0 and max⁡iWni(X)→0\max_i W_{ni}(X) \to 0maxi​Wni​(X)→0 in probability, are consistent.
  2. Proposition 9, p. 611. For every δ>0\delta > 0δ>0, lim⁡α↓0lim sup⁡nP(max⁡i∈In,αn(X)∥Xi−X∥>δ)=0\lim_{\alpha\downarrow 0}\limsup_n P(\max_{i \in I_{n,\alpha n}(X)} \|X_i - X\| > \delta) = 0limα↓0​limsupn​P(maxi∈In,αn​(X)​∥Xi​−X∥>δ)=0, where In,t(X)I_{n,t}(X)In,t​(X) are the indices of the ⌊t⌋\lfloor t \rfloor⌊t⌋ nearest neighbors (with ties).
  3. Proposition 10, p. 613. For 0<a≤bj≤b0 < a \le b_j \le b0<a≤bj​≤b, two vectors 0<∥u∥≤∥v∥0 < \|u\| \le \|v\|0<∥u∥≤∥v∥ in a set V∈V(d,a/b)V \in \mathcal V(d, a/b)V∈V(d,a/b) satisfy ∥v~∥>∥v~−u~∥\|\tilde v\| > \|\tilde v - \tilde u\|∥v~∥>∥v~−u~∥ after rescaling u~j=bjuj\tilde u_j = b_j u_ju~j​=bj​uj​, v~j=bjvj\tilde v_j = b_j v_jv~j​=bj​vj​. Here V(d,c)\mathcal V(d, c)V(d,c) is the family of sets in which any two nonzero vectors satisfy u⋅v>(1−c2/2)∥u∥∥v∥u\cdot v > (1 - c^2/2)\|u\|\|v\|u⋅v>(1−c2/2)∥u∥∥v∥, and β(d,c)\beta(d, c)β(d,c) is the least number of members of V(d,c)\mathcal V(d,c)V(d,c) covering Rd\mathbb R^dRd.
  4. Proposition 12, p. 613. For fixed points, the swapped weights Uni(X)=Wni(Xi,X1,…,X,…,Xn)U_{ni}(X) = W_{ni}(X_i, X_1, \dots, X, \dots, X_n)Uni​(X)=Wni​(Xi​,X1​,…,X,…,Xn​) satisfy ∑iUni(X)≤β(d,a/b)\sum_i U_{ni}(X) \le \beta(d, a/b)∑i​Uni​(X)≤β(d,a/b).
  5. Proposition 11, p. 613. E∑iWni(X)f(Xi)≤β(d,a/b) Ef(X)E \sum_i W_{ni}(X) f(X_i) \le \beta(d, a/b)\, Ef(X)E∑i​Wni​(X)f(Xi​)≤β(d,a/b)Ef(X) for nonnegative Borel fff with Ef(X)<∞Ef(X) < \inftyEf(X)<∞.

Significance

Theorem 2 established that a local averaging estimate can be consistent with no assumption on the distribution of XXX beyond the moment condition on YYY. The same argument, through Theorem 1, became the standard template for proving universal consistency of kernel, partitioning and nearest neighbor estimates, and of the classification rules derived from them (Devroye, Györfi and Lugosi, A Probabilistic Theory of Pattern Recognition, 1996). The constant β(d,a/b)\beta(d, a/b)β(d,a/b) of Proposition 11 is an early instance of the cone-covering bound on how many points can have a given point among their nearest neighbors, a lemma that reappears throughout nearest neighbor theory.

The result is proved (1977), and textbook proofs exist. Mathlib contains no formalization of Theorem 2, of Stone's criterion, or of the cone-covering lemma. A formal development would supply reusable infrastructure: nearest neighbor weights with averaged ties, the exchangeability argument behind Proposition 11, and LrL^rLr consistency of weighted averages for i.i.d. data encoded through kernels.

Difficulty

The obvious argument estimates E^n(Y∣X)\hat E_n(Y\mid X)E^n​(Y∣X) by a continuity argument around XXX, which needs a density or continuity of E(Y∣X)E(Y\mid X)E(Y∣X) and is unavailable here. The difficulty is condition (1) of Stone's criterion: a single sample point may be a nearest neighbor of many query points, so E∑iWni(X)f(Xi)E\sum_i W_{ni}(X) f(X_i)E∑i​Wni​(X)f(Xi​) is not obviously comparable to Ef(X)Ef(X)Ef(X) for arbitrary fff and arbitrary μ\muμ (atoms, singular parts, unbounded support). The bound must hold uniformly in nnn and in the distribution, with a data-dependent metric whose scale changes when XXX and XiX_iXi​ are interchanged. Ties in ρn\rho_nρn​, which have positive probability when μ\muμ has atoms, must be handled by the averaged weights (8), not by an index tie-break.

Formalization scope

Points live in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d). The i.i.d. sequence is the coordinate process of Measure.infinitePi, coordinate 0 being XXX; sample indices are 0-based, coefficients cn,mc_{n,m}cn,m​ keep the paper's 1-based index. "Whenever the pairs are i.i.d." is encoded by quantifying over every Markov kernel κ\kappaκ (the conditional law of YYY given XXX), with pairs distributed as (μ⊗κ)⊗N(\mu \otimes \kappa)^{\otimes\mathbb N}(μ⊗κ)⊗N and E(Y∣X=x)=∫y κ(x,dy)E(Y\mid X=x) = \int y\,\kappa(x, dy)E(Y∣X=x)=∫yκ(x,dy). Expectations of nonnegative quantities are lower Lebesgue integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]; convergence in probability is TendstoInMeasure; limits of probabilities are taken in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞].

Standing assumptions and additions, each disclosed in the item statements:

  • the scales are regular (the standing assumption of §3, p. 599) and Borel measurable (added; the paper treats them as random variables);
  • condition (7) is read for all points, as Proposition 12's proof uses it, and "do not coincide" means "are not all equal";
  • "nondegenerate" means the coordinate's law is not a point mass; snj/snls_{nj}/s_{nl}snj​/snl​ is real division (000 where snl=0s_{nl} = 0snl​=0, an event of vanishing probability);
  • Corollary 1's weights are assumed jointly Borel;
  • Proposition 9's distance aaa is renamed δ\deltaδ, and the maximum over an empty index set is read as "no index";
  • β(d,c)\beta(d, c)β(d,c) is an infimum over N\mathbb NN; that a finite cover exists is part of the work, not an assumption.

No statement corrects the print.

The goal is stated as LrL^rLr consistency over all kernels and all r≥1r \ge 1r≥1, for an unrestricted law μ\muμ: it is not stated through Corollary 1's three conditions nor through β\betaβ, and no density, moment or support hypothesis on XXX is present, so a proof cannot reduce to a special case.

A complete development needs: exchangeability of finite i.i.d. samples under the product measure, the finite cone cover of Rd\mathbb R^dRd, the strong law of large numbers (Proposition 9's proof), and Stone's criterion (mission I). Contributions proving any milestone, the cone-cover existence lemma, or the transfer of exchangeability through infinitePi are welcome.

Selected references

  • C. J. Stone, Consistent nonparametric regression, Ann. Statist. 5(4) (1977) 595–645. https://doi.org/10.1214/aos/1176343886
  • L. Györfi, M. Kohler, A. Krzyżak, H. Walk, A Distribution-Free Theory of Nonparametric Regression, Springer, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1007/b97848
  • L. Devroye, L. Györfi, G. Lugosi, A Probabilistic Theory of Pattern Recognition, Springer, 1996. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4612-0711-5
  • E. Fix, J. L. Hodges, Discriminatory analysis. Nonparametric discrimination: consistency properties, USAF School of Aviation Medicine, Report 4, 1951; reprinted in Int. Stat. Rev. 57(3) (1989) 238–247. https://doi.org/10.2307/1403797
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Negative Dynamic Programming III: If the Actions Are Essentially Finite, Value Iteration from Zero Converges to the Optimal Return and a Stationary Policy Is OptimalResearch Paper

Motivation

A dynamic programming problem in Blackwell's sense describes a controller who observes the state of a system, picks an action, collects a return, and watches the system move at random to a new state, forever. Blackwell treated the discounted case, with a bounded return and a discount factor below one (Blackwell 1965), and the positive bounded case. Strauch's paper (Strauch 1966) studies the third case, the negative case: the return is non-positive and there is no discounting. Equivalently, a non-negative cost is minimized over an infinite horizon. This is the setting of stochastic shortest-path, optimal stopping with costs, and many inventory and search problems in which the total cost may be infinite.

In the negative case two standard tools of the discounted theory break down. An optimal policy need not exist, and the natural algorithm, value iteration from the zero function, need not converge to the optimal return. Strauch's §9 gives a condition on the action sets, essential finiteness, under which both are restored. The introduction (p. 872) summarizes the finite case: "In the negative case, … if A is finite, there is an optimal policy (Section 9)." In the later terminology of Bertsekas and Shreve (1978), Strauch's negative case is their positive-cost model, for which value iteration from zero is known to require such finiteness or compactness conditions.

Setting

The state space SSS and the action space AAA are non-empty Borel sets. The law of motion q(⋅∣s,a)q(\cdot\mid s,a)q(⋅∣s,a) is a probability measure on SSS depending measurably on (s,a)(s,a)(s,a). The return r(s,a,t)r(s,a,t)r(s,a,t), collected when action aaa is taken in state sss and the next state is ttt, is a Borel function with −∞<r≤0-\infty<r\le 0−∞<r≤0 and ∫r(s,a,t) dq(t∣s,a)>−∞\int r(s,a,t)\,dq(t\mid s,a)>-\infty∫r(s,a,t)dq(t∣s,a)>−∞ for every (s,a)(s,a)(s,a).

A policy π=(π1,π2,… )\pi=(\pi_1,\pi_2,\dots)π=(π1​,π2​,…) chooses the nnnth action at random, with a law depending measurably on the whole history (s1,a1,…,sn)(s_1,a_1,\dots,s_n)(s1​,a1​,…,sn​). A Markov policy (f1,f2,… )(f_1,f_2,\dots)(f1​,f2​,…) is a sequence of measurable maps S→AS\to AS→A; the stationary policy f(∞)f^{(\infty)}f(∞) uses one map fff at every stage. The expected return from the initial state sss is

I(π)(s)=∑n=1∞π1q⋯πnq r (s)∈[−∞,0],I(\pi)(s)=\sum_{n=1}^\infty \pi_1q\cdots\pi_nq\,r\,(s)\in[-\infty,0],I(π)(s)=n=1∑∞​π1​q⋯πn​qr(s)∈[−∞,0],

the sum of the expected stage returns. The optimal return is v∗=sup⁡πI(π)v^*=\sup_\pi I(\pi)v∗=supπ​I(π), over all policies, and π∗\pi^*π∗ is optimal if I(π∗)≥v∗I(\pi^*)\ge v^*I(π∗)≥v∗ at every state.

For a measurable f:S→Af:S\to Af:S→A and a non-positive Borel uuu, the operator TTT of fff is

Tu(s)=∫[r(s,f(s),t)+u(t)] dq(t∣s,f(s)),Tu(s)=\int\big[r(s,f(s),t)+u(t)\big]\,dq(t\mid s,f(s)),Tu(s)=∫[r(s,f(s),t)+u(t)]dq(t∣s,f(s)),

and the operator of a Markov policy π∗=(f1,f2,… )\pi^*=(f_1,f_2,\dots)π∗=(f1​,f2​,…) is Uu=sup⁡nTnuUu=\sup_nT_nuUu=supn​Tn​u, with TnT_nTn​ the operator of fnf_nfn​. Value iteration is the sequence Un0U^n0Un0.

Actions aaa and bbb are equivalent at sss if r(s,a,⋅)=r(s,b,⋅)r(s,a,\cdot)=r(s,b,\cdot)r(s,a,⋅)=r(s,b,⋅) and q(⋅∣s,a)=q(⋅∣s,b)q(\cdot\mid s,a)=q(\cdot\mid s,b)q(⋅∣s,a)=q(⋅∣s,b). AAA is essentially finite by π∗\pi^*π∗ if there is a partition of SSS into Borel sets S1,S2,…S_1,S_2,\dotsS1​,S2​,… such that for s∈Sns\in S_ns∈Sn​ every action is equivalent at sss to one of f1(s),…,fn(s)f_1(s),\dots,f_n(s)f1​(s),…,fn​(s). A finite AAA is essentially finite by any Markov policy whose first ∣A∣|A|∣A∣ rules are the constant rules.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 9.1 (N), p. 887

If AAA is essentially finite by π∗\pi^*π∗ and UUU is the operator of π∗\pi^*π∗, then

Un0(s)→n→∞v∗(s)=sup⁡πI(π)(s)for every s,and∃f: I(f(∞))≥v∗.U^n0(s)\xrightarrow[n\to\infty]{}v^*(s)=\sup_\pi I(\pi)(s)\quad\text{for every } s,\qquad\text{and}\qquad \exists f:\ I(f^{(\infty)})\ge v^*.Un0(s)n→∞​v∗(s)=πsup​I(π)(s)for every s,and∃f: I(f(∞))≥v∗.

Both parts are kept together, as printed. The goal fixes no constants and no rate.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 6.1 (N), p. 880. For every Markov policy π^\hat\piπ^ with operator UUU, lim⁡nUn0\lim_nU^n0limn​Un0 exists and
lim⁡nUn0 ≥ sup⁡π∈G(π^)I(π) ≥ sup⁡f(∞)∈G(π^)I(f(∞)),\lim_nU^n0\ \ge\ \sup_{\pi\in G(\hat\pi)}I(\pi)\ \ge\ \sup_{f^{(\infty)}\in G(\hat\pi)}I(f^{(\infty)}),nlim​Un0 ≥ π∈G(π^)sup​I(π) ≥ f(∞)∈G(π^)sup​I(f(∞)),

where G(π^)G(\hat\pi)G(π^) is the set of π^\hat\piπ^-generated policies (each rule equal to fnf_nfn​ on the nnnth piece of a Borel partition). 2. Proof of Theorem 8.4, p. 887. sup⁡πI(π)=sup⁡{I(π^)∣π^ Markov}\sup_\pi I(\pi)=\sup\{I(\hat\pi)\mid\hat\pi\text{ Markov}\}supπ​I(π)=sup{I(π^)∣π^ Markov} pointwise. 3. Proof of Theorem 9.1, p. 887, first step. Under essential finiteness, Un0U^n0Un0 is non-increasing and I(π)≤v∞:=lim⁡nUn0I(\pi)\le v^\infty:=\lim_nU^n0I(π)≤v∞:=limn​Un0 for every policy π\piπ. 4. Proof of Theorem 9.1, p. 887, second step. Under essential finiteness, Uv∞≥v∞Uv^\infty\ge v^\inftyUv∞≥v∞.

Inside the proof of Theorem 9.1 the paper writes v∗v^*v∗ for lim⁡nUn0\lim_nU^n0limn​Un0; the mission writes v∞v^\inftyv∞ for it and reserves v∗v^*v∗ for sup⁡πI(π)\sup_\pi I(\pi)supπ​I(π).

An optional extra item states the introduction's special case: if AAA is finite, an optimal policy exists (§1, p. 872).

Significance

Theorem 9.1 gives, in the negative case, both a computational and an existential conclusion. Value iteration from zero computes the optimal return, so the optimal total cost of an essentially finite problem is the limit of the optimal finite-horizon costs. An optimal policy exists and can be taken stationary, so the controller needs only a single measurable decision rule. Without a hypothesis of this kind neither conclusion holds in the negative case; Example 6.1 of the paper exhibits a problem where the limit of value iteration, the best return among generated policies, and the best stationary return all differ.

The result is proved in the paper. What the mission adds is a machine-checked statement and, eventually, proof of it on general Borel spaces, with the return allowed to equal −∞-\infty−∞. Blackwell's discounted analogue already has a published statement on Prove2Me (DiscountedDP.Stationary.theorem7b_optimal_stationary), in a bounded-return model; the negative case is a separate statement in a separate model. No formalization of the negative case is known to exist.

Difficulty

The discounted proof rests on the contraction property of UUU in the supremum norm, and in the negative case that property is missing: returns are unbounded below and there is no discount. The obvious argument, "Un0U^n0Un0 decreases to some v∞v^\inftyv∞, and v∞v^\inftyv∞ is the optimal return because finite-horizon play approximates infinite play", fails at the second step. The finite-horizon optimum can stay strictly above the infinite-horizon optimum, because a policy can postpone a cost beyond every fixed horizon; this is exactly the gap Example 6.1 exhibits. Closing it needs the essential finiteness of the actions together with the reduction of arbitrary policies to Markov ones (milestone 2), whose proof in the paper passes through the measurable-selection results of §7–§8.

Formalization scope

  • The state and action spaces are non-empty standard Borel types; "Baire function" means Borel measurable.
  • The law of motion is a Markov kernel; the return is real-valued, non-positive, Borel, and integrable against every q(⋅∣s,a)q(\cdot\mid s,a)q(⋅∣s,a) (the paper's r>−∞r>-\inftyr>−∞ and qr>−∞qr>-\inftyqr>−∞).
  • Returns live in EReal and are computed as minus the lintegral of the loss −r-r−r, which keeps the value −∞-\infty−∞. I(π)I(\pi)I(π) is the sum over stages of the expected stage loss, which equals the paper's integral over futures by monotone convergence.
  • v∗v^*v∗ is the supremum over every randomized history-dependent plan, never over Markov or stationary policies only, and it is not defined through UUU. Defining v∗v^*v∗ as lim⁡nUn0\lim_nU^n0limn​Un0 would make part (a) of the goal hold by unfolding; this trivializing formalization is excluded.
  • Optimality is against every plan, at every state.
  • UUU is the operator of the fixed π∗\pi^*π∗ of the hypothesis, applied from the zero function; convergence is pointwise in EReal.
  • Stages are numbered from 000 in Lean. Essential finiteness is zero-based: Lean's piece nnn is the paper's Sn+1S_{n+1}Sn+1​ and allows the rules f1,…,fn+1f_1,\dots,f_{n+1}f1​,…,fn+1​. The pieces are measurable, pairwise disjoint and cover SSS; empty pieces are allowed, as in the paper.
  • Explicit choices: the existence of lim⁡Un0\lim U^n0limUn0 in Lemma 6.1 is part of the statement; the limit in the steps of Theorem 9.1 is written as the infimum of the non-increasing sequence.
  • Only the negative case is formalized; the paper's discounted and positive parts are not.

Policies, Markov policies, stationary policies and π^\hat\piπ^-generated rules come from the published definitions DiscountedDP.Stationary.Model, .Return and .Operators; the negative model is defined locally because the published Problem has a bounded return and a discount factor below one. A complete development needs the Ionescu-Tulcea construction of the history laws (already encoded as iterated composition products), monotone convergence for kernels, the measurable-selection step behind milestone 2, and a pigeonhole argument over the essentially finite action classes. The model and the Markov-reduction milestone are reusable by the other missions of this series. Proofs of any milestone, and alternative routes to milestone 2, are welcome.

Selected references

  • R. E. Strauch, Negative Dynamic Programming, The Annals of Mathematical Statistics 37(4), 871–890, 1966. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177699369
  • D. Blackwell, Discounted Dynamic Programming, The Annals of Mathematical Statistics 36(1), 226–235, 1965. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177700285
  • D. P. Bertsekas and S. E. Shreve, Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case, Academic Press, 1978. http://web.mit.edu/dimitrib/www/soc.html
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Consistent Nonparametric Regression III: Consistent Probability Weights Give Consistent Estimators of Conditional Quantiles (Theorem 3)Research Paper

Motivation

Many prediction tasks ask not for the mean of a response YYY given covariates XXX but for a quantile of its conditional distribution: a median that is robust to outliers, a high quantile that sets a safety stock or a value at risk, or a pair of quantiles that forms a prediction interval. Conditional quantiles are also the Bayes rules for piecewise linear loss, which makes them the decision-theoretic answer to asymmetric prediction costs.

C. J. Stone's 1977 paper Consistent nonparametric regression (DOI 10.1214/aos/1176343886) introduced a single framework for local averaging estimators (nearest-neighbor, kernel and related rules) built from weight functions, and proved that their consistency can be decided from simple conditions on the weights, for every distribution of (X,Y)(X,Y)(X,Y). Section 7 of the paper extends the framework from conditional means to conditional quantiles: the same weights that estimate E(Y∣X)E(Y\mid X)E(Y∣X) define a weighted empirical distribution of YYY near XXX, whose quantiles estimate the conditional quantiles. Theorem 3 says that consistency for the mean already gives one-sided consistency for the quantiles. This mission formalizes Theorem 3 and the results its proof rests on.

Setting

Let X,X1,X2,…X, X_1, X_2, \dotsX,X1​,X2​,… be independent Rd\mathbb R^dRd-valued random variables with common law μ\muμ, and let Y,Y1,Y2,…Y, Y_1, Y_2,\dotsY,Y1​,Y2​,… be real responses such that the pairs (X,Y),(X1,Y1),(X2,Y2),…(X,Y), (X_1,Y_1), (X_2,Y_2),\dots(X,Y),(X1​,Y1​),(X2​,Y2​),… are i.i.d. The conditional law of YYY given X=xX=xX=x is a probability measure κ(x,⋅)\kappa(x,\cdot)κ(x,⋅) on R\mathbb RR.

A weight function WnW_nWn​ assigns to a point xxx and a sample x1,…,xnx_1,\dots,x_nx1​,…,xn​ real weights Wni(x)=Wni(x;x1,…,xn)W_{ni}(x)=W_{ni}(x;x_1,\dots,x_n)Wni​(x)=Wni​(x;x1​,…,xn​), 1≤i≤n1\le i\le n1≤i≤n. A sequence {Wn}\{W_n\}{Wn​} is a sequence of probability weights if for every n≥1n\ge1n≥1 the weights are nonnegative and sum to 111. The weights define the regression estimate E^n(Y∣X)=∑iWni(X)Yi\hat E_n(Y\mid X)=\sum_i W_{ni}(X)Y_iE^n​(Y∣X)=∑i​Wni​(X)Yi​. The sequence is consistent if, whenever r≥1r\ge1r≥1 and E∣Y∣r<∞E|Y|^r<\inftyE∣Y∣r<∞,

E ∣E^n(Y∣X)−E(Y∣X)∣r→0,E\,\big|\hat E_n(Y\mid X)-E(Y\mid X)\big|^r\to0,E​E^n​(Y∣X)−E(Y∣X)​r→0,

for every response YYY with i.i.d. pairs as above. Consistency is a property of the weights and the law of XXX alone.

The conditional distribution function is FY(y∣X)=P(Y≤y∣X)F^Y(y\mid X)=P(Y\le y\mid X)FY(y∣X)=P(Y≤y∣X). For 0<p<10<p<10<p<1 the lower and upper pppth conditional quantiles are

LY(p∣X)=inf⁡{y:FY(y∣X)≥p},UY(p∣X)=sup⁡{y:FY(y∣X)≤p}.L^Y(p\mid X)=\inf\{y:F^Y(y\mid X)\ge p\},\qquad U^Y(p\mid X)=\sup\{y:F^Y(y\mid X)\le p\}.LY(p∣X)=inf{y:FY(y∣X)≥p},UY(p∣X)=sup{y:FY(y∣X)≤p}.

They coincide unless the conditional distribution function is flat at level ppp. The weights estimate the conditional distribution function by F^nY(y∣X)=∑iWni(X)I{Yi≤y}\hat F_n^Y(y\mid X)=\sum_i W_{ni}(X)I_{\{Y_i\le y\}}F^nY​(y∣X)=∑i​Wni​(X)I{Yi​≤y}​, and the quantiles by

L^nY(p∣X)=inf⁡{y:F^nY(y∣X)≥p},U^nY(p∣X)=sup⁡{y:F^nY(y∣X)≤p}.\hat L_n^Y(p\mid X)=\inf\{y:\hat F_n^Y(y\mid X)\ge p\},\qquad \hat U_n^Y(p\mid X)=\sup\{y:\hat F_n^Y(y\mid X)\le p\}.L^nY​(p∣X)=inf{y:F^nY​(y∣X)≥p},U^nY​(p∣X)=sup{y:F^nY​(y∣X)≤p}.

Write x−=−(x∧0)x^-=-(x\wedge0)x−=−(x∧0) and x+=x∨0x^+=x\vee0x+=x∨0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 604)

For a consistent sequence of probability weights and 0<p<10<p<10<p<1,

(L^nY(p∣X)−LY(p∣X))−→0and(U^nY(p∣X)−UY(p∣X))+→0in probability,(\hat L_n^Y(p\mid X)-L^Y(p\mid X))^-\to0\quad\text{and}\quad(\hat U_n^Y(p\mid X)-U^Y(p\mid X))^+\to0\quad\text{in probability},(L^nY​(p∣X)−LY(p∣X))−→0and(U^nY​(p∣X)−UY(p∣X))+→0in probability,

and if r≥1r\ge1r≥1 and E∣Y∣r<∞E|Y|^r<\inftyE∣Y∣r<∞, both convergences hold in LrL^rLr. The theorem is one-sided on purpose: when the conditional quantile is not unique, L^n\hat L_nL^n​ and U^n\hat U_nU^n​ may oscillate inside [L,U][L,U][L,U].

Milestones

  1. Corollary 1, necessity (p. 598). Consistent probability weights satisfy condition (1), E∑iWni(X)f(Xi)≤C Ef(X)E\sum_i W_{ni}(X)f(X_i)\le C\,Ef(X)E∑i​Wni​(X)f(Xi​)≤CEf(X) for some C≥1C\ge1C≥1; condition (3), ∑iWni(X)I{∥Xi−X∥>a}→0\sum_i W_{ni}(X)I_{\{\|X_i-X\|>a\}}\to0∑i​Wni​(X)I{∥Xi​−X∥>a}​→0 in probability; and condition (5), max⁡iWni(X)→0\max_i W_{ni}(X)\to0maxi​Wni​(X)→0 in probability.
  2. Proposition 4 (p. 609). Under (1)–(3), for every Borel fff and ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, ∑i∣Wni(X)∣I{∣f(Xi)−f(X)∣>ε}→0\sum_i|W_{ni}(X)|I_{\{|f(X_i)-f(X)|>\varepsilon\}}\to0∑i​∣Wni​(X)∣I{∣f(Xi​)−f(X)∣>ε}​→0 in probability.
  3. Proposition 13 (p. 616). P(L^nY(p∣X)≥LY(p∣X)−ε)→1P(\hat L_n^Y(p\mid X)\ge L^Y(p\mid X)-\varepsilon)\to1P(L^nY​(p∣X)≥LY(p∣X)−ε)→1 and P(U^nY(p∣X)≤UY(p∣X)+ε)→1P(\hat U_n^Y(p\mid X)\le U^Y(p\mid X)+\varepsilon)\to1P(U^nY​(p∣X)≤UY(p∣X)+ε)→1 for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0.
  4. Proposition 14 (p. 616). E∣LY(p∣X)∣r≤E∣Y∣r/(p∧(1−p))E|L^Y(p\mid X)|^r\le E|Y|^r/(p\wedge(1-p))E∣LY(p∣X)∣r≤E∣Y∣r/(p∧(1−p)), and the same for UYU^YUY.
  5. Proposition 15 (p. 617). For a probability weight function satisfying (1), E∣L^nY∣rI{∣L^nY∣≥M}≤Cp∧(1−p)E∣Y∣rI{∣Y∣≥M}E|\hat L_n^Y|^rI_{\{|\hat L_n^Y|\ge M\}}\le \frac{C}{p\wedge(1-p)}E|Y|^rI_{\{|Y|\ge M\}}E∣L^nY​∣rI{∣L^nY​∣≥M}​≤p∧(1−p)C​E∣Y∣rI{∣Y∣≥M}​, and the same for U^nY\hat U_n^YU^nY​.

Significance

Theorem 3 transfers every consistency result for conditional means to conditional quantiles at no extra cost. In particular, the nearest-neighbor weights of Stone's Theorem 2, which are consistent for every distribution of XXX, give universally consistent one-sided estimates of conditional quantiles, and when the conditional pppth quantile is unique, the midpoint estimate (L^n+U^n)/2(\hat L_n+\hat U_n)/2(L^n​+U^n​)/2 is consistent (Corollary 5 of the paper). The theorem is also the input for the consistency in Bayes risk of approximate Bayes rules under piecewise linear loss (Theorem 4, Model 2), which connects nonparametric regression to data-driven decision making such as the newsvendor problem with covariates.

The result has been proved since 1977; it has no machine-checked proof that this mission is aware of. A formalization produces a reusable layer for distribution-free statistics in Lean: weighted empirical distributions, conditional quantiles defined from a Markov kernel, convergence in probability and in LrL^rLr of statistics of an i.i.d. sequence, and the moment bounds of Propositions 14 and 15, which hold for every weight function and do not depend on the asymptotics.

Difficulty

The obvious argument fails because the conditional distribution function at XXX is never estimated uniformly. Consistency controls the weighted average ∑iWni(X)g(Yi)\sum_iW_{ni}(X)g(Y_i)∑i​Wni​(X)g(Yi​) only for responses that are a fixed function of the pair; the event {L^n<L(X)−ε}\{\hat L_n<L(X)-\varepsilon\}{L^n​<L(X)−ε} involves the random threshold L(X)L(X)L(X), which varies with the target point while the sample responses YiY_iYi​ are drawn at the sample points XiX_iXi​. Connecting the two requires a statement about the weights alone, Proposition 4, that holds for an arbitrary Borel function with no continuity or integrability; the conditional quantile function is in general neither continuous nor integrable.

A second difficulty is that convergence in probability does not give convergence in LrL^rLr without uniform integrability, and the estimated quantiles are not averages of the YiY_iYi​. The bound in Proposition 15 must hold for each nnn separately, with a constant independent of nnn, for an estimator defined as an infimum.

Finally, the two-sided statement L^n→L\hat L_n\to LL^n​→L need not hold when the conditional distribution function has a flat stretch at level ppp, which is why the paper asks for a unique conditional quantile in Corollary 5; a solver should not aim for it.

Formalization scope

The i.i.d. sequences are the coordinate processes of infinite product measures, Measure.infinitePi, with coordinate 000 the point XXX (or the pair (X,Y)(X,Y)(X,Y)) and coordinate i+1i+1i+1 the (i+1)(i+1)(i+1)st sample; sample indices are 0-based. The response is given by its conditional law, a Markov kernel κ\kappaκ from Rd\mathbb R^dRd to R\mathbb RR, and the joint law of a pair is μ⊗κ\mu\otimes\kappaμ⊗κ. "Whenever the pairs are i.i.d." in the definition of consistency is a quantifier over all Markov kernels; every joint law with XXX-marginal μ\muμ arises this way. This also provides the independent standard normal variables that the paper assumes on its probability space.

Committed conventions:

  • Measurability (added). Every weight function WnW_nWn​ is assumed jointly Borel in (x,x1,…,xn)(x,x_1,\dots,x_n)(x,x1​,…,xn​). The paper treats Wni(X)W_{ni}(X)Wni​(X) as random variables without saying so.
  • Expectations of nonnegative quantities (E∣Y∣rE|Y|^rE∣Y∣r, the LrL^rLr errors, the moment bounds) are [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]-valued lower integrals, so an infinite expectation is never read as 000.
  • Convergence in probability is Mathlib's TendstoInMeasure.
  • Quantiles are real sInf/sSup. For a Markov kernel, 0<p<10<p<10<p<1, probability weights and n≥1n\ge1n≥1, the defining sets are nonempty and bounded on the relevant side, so the values are the paper's; at n=0n=0n=0 the estimates are a junk value that no limit statement sees.
  • Conditions (1)–(5) are stated with ∣Wni∣|W_{ni}|∣Wni​∣, as in Theorem 1; for probability weights they coincide with Corollary 1's.

Corrections and choices of range. Proposition 14 is printed for r>1r>1r>1. The proof of Theorem 3 applies it for every r≥1r\ge1r≥1, and the statement is posed for r≥1r\ge1r≥1. Proposition 15 leaves rrr unquantified and is posed for r≥1r\ge1r≥1, the range Theorem 3 uses.

A goal stated through the probabilities of Proposition 13, or through truncated moments, would be a different and weaker theorem; the goal states convergence of the quantile errors (L^n−L)−(\hat L_n-L)^-(L^n​−L)− and (U^n−U)+(\hat U_n-U)^+(U^n​−U)+ themselves, in probability and in LrL^rLr. Swapping the negative and positive parts gives a false statement.

Corollary 1 (necessity) is a special case of Theorem 1, the goal of the first mission of this series; it is posed here as a milestone so that this mission is self-contained, and can be replaced by a reference once that mission is published. Contributions are welcome on any milestone, and on general infrastructure for Markov kernels, conditional distribution functions and quantiles, which is reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • C. J. Stone, Consistent nonparametric regression, Annals of Statistics 5(4), 595–645, 1977. https://doi.org/10.1214/aos/1176343886
  • L. Györfi, M. Kohler, A. Krzyżak, H. Walk, A Distribution-Free Theory of Nonparametric Regression, Springer, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1007/b97848
  • R. Koenker, G. Bassett, Regression quantiles, Econometrica 46(1), 33–50, 1978. https://doi.org/10.2307/1913643
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Simulation Output Analysis Using Standardized Time Series 3: No g in 𝓜 Makes g(σB) Almost Surely Constant, So the Length Bound Is Not AttainedResearch Paper

Motivation

A steady-state simulation produces a single long output path Y={Y(t):t≥0}Y=\{Y(t):t\ge0\}Y={Y(t):t≥0}, and the quantity of interest is its long-run mean μ\muμ. The central difficulty of simulation output analysis is that the observations are correlated, so the classical confidence interval Yˉn(1)±z σ^/n\bar Y_n(1)\pm z\,\hat\sigma/\sqrt nYˉn​(1)±zσ^/n​ needs a consistent estimate of the time-average variance constant σ2\sigma^2σ2, which is hard to obtain. The method of standardized time series (STS), introduced by Schruben (1983) and put on a general footing by Glynn and Iglehart (Math. Oper. Res. 15 (1990)), avoids estimating σ\sigmaσ: it divides the centred sample mean by a functional ggg of the whole sample path that scales like σ\sigmaσ, so that σ\sigmaσ cancels in the limit. Batch means, the area estimator and other procedures used in simulation software are all instances of this construction.

Cancelling σ\sigmaσ has a price. Glynn and Iglehart show (their Corollary 4.16) that every STS interval has asymptotic expected length at least 2σΦ−1(1−δ/2)/n2\sigma\Phi^{-1}(1-\delta/2)/\sqrt n2σΦ−1(1−δ/2)/n​, the length of the interval that knows σ\sigmaσ, and (4.23) that this bound is the infimum over all admissible ggg. This mission formalizes the next question the paper asks and answers: is the infimum attained? Proposition 4.26 says it is not, and the companion results quantify the residual randomness of the interval length.

Setting

C[0,1]C[0,1]C[0,1] is the space of continuous real functions on [0,1][0,1][0,1] with the uniform metric ρ(x,y)=sup⁡t∣x(t)−y(t)∣\rho(x,y)=\sup_t|x(t)-y(t)|ρ(x,y)=supt​∣x(t)−y(t)∣ and its Borel σ\sigmaσ-algebra; k(t)=tk(t)=tk(t)=t, and C0[0,1]={x∈C[0,1]:x(0)=0}C_0[0,1]=\{x\in C[0,1]:x(0)=0\}C0​[0,1]={x∈C[0,1]:x(0)=0}. For g:C[0,1]→Rg:C[0,1]\to\mathbb Rg:C[0,1]→R, D(g)D(g)D(g) is the set of points at which ggg is not continuous. On a probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)(Ω,F,P), BBB is a standard Brownian motion, viewed as a random element of C[0,1]C[0,1]C[0,1].

Assumption (2.1). There are finite constants μ\muμ and σ>0\sigma>0σ>0 such that Xn⇒σBX_n\Rightarrow\sigma BXn​⇒σB in C[0,1]C[0,1]C[0,1], where

Xn(t)=n1/2(Yˉn(t)−μt),Yˉn(t)=1n∫0ntY(s) ds,0≤t≤1.X_n(t)=n^{1/2}\big(\bar Y_n(t)-\mu t\big),\qquad \bar Y_n(t)=\frac1n\int_0^{nt}Y(s)\,ds,\quad 0\le t\le1 .Xn​(t)=n1/2(Yˉn​(t)−μt),Yˉn​(t)=n1​∫0nt​Y(s)ds,0≤t≤1.

The class M\mathcal MM (2.3) consists of the measurable g:C[0,1]→Rg:C[0,1]\to\mathbb Rg:C[0,1]→R with

  1. g(ax)=a g(x)g(ax)=a\,g(x)g(ax)=ag(x) for a>0a>0a>0;
  2. g(x−βk)=g(x)g(x-\beta k)=g(x)g(x−βk)=g(x) for β∈R\beta\in\mathbb Rβ∈R;
  3. P{g(B)>0}=1P\{g(B)>0\}=1P{g(B)>0}=1;
  4. P{B∈D(g)}=0P\{B\in D(g)\}=0P{B∈D(g)}=0.

With H(x)=P{B(1)/g(B)≤x}H(x)=P\{B(1)/g(B)\le x\}H(x)=P{B(1)/g(B)≤x} and α,β\alpha,\betaα,β chosen so that H(β)−H(α)=1−δH(\beta)-H(\alpha)=1-\deltaH(β)−H(α)=1−δ, the interval [Yˉn(1)−g(Yˉn)β, Yˉn(1)−g(Yˉn)α][\bar Y_n(1)-g(\bar Y_n)\beta,\ \bar Y_n(1)-g(\bar Y_n)\alpha][Yˉn​(1)−g(Yˉn​)β, Yˉn​(1)−g(Yˉn​)α] (2.10) is an asymptotic 100(1−δ)%100(1-\delta)\%100(1−δ)% confidence interval for μ\muμ, of width Ln=g(Yˉn)(β−α)L_n=g(\bar Y_n)(\beta-\alpha)Ln​=g(Yˉn​)(β−α).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 4.26

For every σ>0\sigma>0σ>0 there is no g∈Mg\in\mathcal Mg∈M such that, for some α>0\alpha>0α>0,

P{g(σB)=ασ}=1.(4.25)P\{g(\sigma B)=\alpha\sigma\}=1. \qquad (4.25)P{g(σB)=ασ}=1.(4.25)

By the paper's discussion before (4.25), attaining the lower bound of Corollary 4.16 with some g∈Mg\in\mathcal Mg∈M requires (4.25); the goal therefore says that the bound is attained by no g∈Mg\in\mathcal Mg∈M. The goal is stated in terms of (4.25) and not of the limit (4.24), so it does not depend on the expected-length machinery of Corollary 4.16.

Milestones (the steps of the proof, pp. 13–14)

  1. For ∣z∣<η|z|<\eta∣z∣<η: P{∣B(t)−z∣<η, max⁡0≤s≤t∣B(s)∣<2η}>0P\{|B(t)-z|<\eta,\ \max_{0\le s\le t}|B(s)|<2\eta\}>0P{∣B(t)−z∣<η, max0≤s≤t​∣B(s)∣<2η}>0.
  2. (4.27): P{ρ(σB,x)<ε}>0P\{\rho(\sigma B,x)<\varepsilon\}>0P{ρ(σB,x)<ε}>0 for every x∈C0[0,1]x\in C_0[0,1]x∈C0​[0,1] and ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0.
  3. If the range of ggg over every ε\varepsilonε-neighbourhood of xxx contains {ασ:σ>0}\{\alpha\sigma:\sigma>0\}{ασ:σ>0}, then x∈D(g)x\in D(g)x∈D(g).
  4. Under (2.3i) and (4.25), C0[0,1]⊆D(g)C_0[0,1]\subseteq D(g)C0​[0,1]⊆D(g).

Companions

  • g(B)g(B)g(B) is nondegenerate for every g∈Mg\in\mathcal Mg∈M (p. 14).
  • Proposition 4.32: if {g2(Xn)}\{g^2(X_n)\}{g2(Xn​)} is uniformly integrable, then
lim⁡n→∞nE(Ln−ELn)2=σ2E(g(B)−Eg(B))2(β−α)2>0.\lim_{n\to\infty}nE(L_n-EL_n)^2=\sigma^2E\big(g(B)-Eg(B)\big)^2(\beta-\alpha)^2>0 .n→∞lim​nE(Ln​−ELn​)2=σ2E(g(B)−Eg(B))2(β−α)2>0.

Significance

The result closes the expected-length analysis of STS intervals: the bound 2σΦ−1(1−δ/2)2\sigma\Phi^{-1}(1-\delta/2)2σΦ−1(1−δ/2) is the exact infimum over M\mathcal MM but no single standardization reaches it, so every STS procedure is strictly worse, in expected length, than the interval with known σ\sigmaσ. The companion results explain why: g(B)g(B)g(B) is never degenerate, so n1/2Lnn^{1/2}L_nn1/2Ln​ converges to a nondegenerate random limit and the interval length fluctuates at order n−1/2n^{-1/2}n−1/2, while intervals built on a consistent estimator of σ\sigmaσ (the regenerative method, Proposition 4.34) fluctuate only at order n−1n^{-1}n−1. This is the quantitative trade-off a practitioner faces when choosing between STS and variance-estimation methods.

The paper's results are proved; none of them is formalized. The mission produces machine-checked versions of a support property of Wiener measure on C[0,1]C[0,1]C[0,1] (every path started at 000 is in the support), which is reusable well beyond simulation, and of the deterministic step that turns such a support property into everywhere-discontinuity of a functional.

Difficulty

The goal's statement is elementary, but its proof needs a quantitative fact about Brownian paths: the law of σB\sigma BσB charges every uniform ball around every path in C0[0,1]C_0[0,1]C0​[0,1]. The natural first attempt, using that ggg is continuous PPP-almost everywhere and constant almost surely on σB\sigma BσB, fails without this fact, because almost-sure statements say nothing about any particular path xxx. Mathlib provides Brownian finite-dimensional laws and independent increments, but no small-ball or support estimate for Brownian motion in the uniform metric, so (4.27) has to be built from scratch. A second subtlety is that (4.25) is given for one σ\sigmaσ only; the homogeneity (2.3i) is what upgrades it to all scales, and that upgrade is what makes the range of ggg near xxx unbounded.

Proposition 4.32 needs, in addition, the passage from weak convergence of g(Xn)g(X_n)g(Xn​) to convergence of second moments under uniform integrability, in the space C[0,1]C[0,1]C[0,1].

Formalization scope

  • C[0,1]C[0,1]C[0,1] is C(unitInterval, ℝ) with its sup norm; ρ\rhoρ is dist. Mathlib has no measurable structure on it at this commit, so the Borel σ\sigmaσ-algebra is declared in the mission's definitions file.
  • BBB is a measurable map Ω→C[0,1]\Omega\to C[0,1]Ω→C[0,1] whose coordinates agree, for every ω\omegaω, with a process satisfying Mathlib's IsBrownianReal. "Measurable" in M\mathcal MM means Borel measurable.
  • D(g)D(g)D(g) is the set where ggg is not continuous; P{B∈D(g)}P\{B\in D(g)\}P{B∈D(g)} is the outer measure of the preimage, so no measurability of D(g)D(g)D(g) is assumed.
  • Assumption (2.1) is a structure: joint measurability of YYY, local integrability of its paths (the implicit condition that makes Yˉn\bar Y_nYˉn​ defined), Yˉn\bar Y_nYˉn​ pinned pointwise by its integral formula, σ>0\sigma>0σ>0, and convergence in distribution of XnX_nXn​ to σB\sigma BσB. The index nnn ranges over N\mathbb NN.
  • P{⋅}=1P\{\cdot\}=1P{⋅}=1 is "almost surely". 0<δ<10<\delta<10<δ<1 is added where the confidence level appears.
  • The paper writes "D(g)=C0[0,1]D(g)=C_0[0,1]D(g)=C0​[0,1]" at the end of the proof of Proposition 4.26; its argument proves only C0[0,1]⊆D(g)C_0[0,1]\subseteq D(g)C0​[0,1]⊆D(g), which is what milestone 4 states.
  • Proposition 4.32 uses Bochner integrals; its uniform-integrability hypothesis makes every integral there finite.

The goal is a negation of an existence statement, so it would be trivially true if M\mathcal MM were empty or if the Brownian hypothesis were unsatisfiable. Neither holds: M\mathcal MM contains the batch-means functionals of the paper's Example 3.1 (p. 5), and the goal assumes nothing about small balls, (4.27) or continuity of ggg. Those appear only as milestones.

Contributions welcome: the support theorem for Brownian motion in C[0,1]C[0,1]C[0,1] (milestones 1–2), any of the deterministic steps, and the moment-convergence argument of Proposition 4.32.

Selected references

  • P. W. Glynn and D. L. Iglehart, Simulation output analysis using standardized time series, Mathematics of Operations Research 15(1):1–16, 1990. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.15.1.1
  • L. Schruben, Confidence interval estimation using standardized time series, Operations Research 31(6):1090–1108, 1983. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.31.6.1090
  • P. Billingsley, Convergence of Probability Measures, Wiley, 1968. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316962
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Bandit AlgorithmsMachine LearningOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

MNL-Bandit: A Dynamic Learning Approach to Assortment Selection III: On Instances Separated by Δ(v) the UCB Policy Has Regret at Most B₁N² log T/Δ(v) + B₂Research Paper

Motivation

A retailer with limited shelf or screen space must choose which subset of its products to show each arriving customer. Which assortment earns the most depends on customer preferences, and those are unknown at first: the seller learns them from the purchases it observes. This is dynamic assortment selection, and it is a standard model in online retail and revenue management. Agrawal, Avadhanula, Goyal and Zeevi (Oper. Res. 67(5), 2019; preprint arXiv:1706.03880v2) study it under the multinomial logit (MNL) choice model as the MNL-Bandit problem. They propose an epoch-based upper-confidence-bound policy (Algorithm 1) that needs no prior knowledge of the parameters.

Their worst-case guarantee (Theorem 1) is regret of order NTlog⁡NT\sqrt{NT\log NT}NTlogNT​. Many instances are easier than the worst case: the best assortment beats every other feasible assortment by a fixed margin. For such well-separated instances, earlier policies obtained logarithmic regret, but only when told a lower bound on that margin:

  • Rusmevichientong, Shen and Shmoys (2010), O(N2log⁡2T)O(N^2\log^2 T)O(N2log2T);
  • Sauré and Zeevi (2013), O(Nlog⁡T)O(N\log T)O(NlogT) for fixed cardinality.

This mission formalizes the paper's §6.1, which shows that the same parameter-free Algorithm 1 adapts to the separation.

Setting

There are NNN products with known revenues ri∈[0,1]r_i\in[0,1]ri​∈[0,1] and unknown attraction parameters vi≥0v_i\ge0vi​≥0. The no-purchase option has weight v0=1v_0=1v0​=1. Offered an assortment SSS, a customer buys i∈Si\in Si∈S with probability vi/(1+∑j∈Svj)v_i/(1+\sum_{j\in S}v_j)vi​/(1+∑j∈S​vj​) and buys nothing with probability 1/(1+∑j∈Svj)1/(1+\sum_{j\in S}v_j)1/(1+∑j∈S​vj​) (2.1). The expected revenue of SSS is

R(S,v)=∑i∈Srivi1+∑j∈Svj(2.2).R(S,\mathbf v)=\frac{\sum_{i\in S}r_iv_i}{1+\sum_{j\in S}v_j}\quad(2.2).R(S,v)=1+∑j∈S​vj​∑i∈S​ri​vi​​(2.2).

Feasible assortments form a family S\mathcal SS defined by totally unimodular constraints A x(S)≤bA\,x(S)\le bAx(S)≤b (2.3). Assumption 4.1 asks that vi≤v0=1v_i\le v_0=1vi​≤v0​=1 for all iii and that S\mathcal SS be closed under taking subsets.

A policy chooses St∈SS_t\in\mathcal SSt​∈S from the past choices. The regret after TTT customers is Regπ(T,v)=T R(S∗,v)−Eπ∑t=1TR(St,v)\mathrm{Reg}_\pi(T,\mathbf v)=T\,R(S^*,\mathbf v)-\mathbb E_\pi\sum_{t=1}^TR(S_t,\mathbf v)Regπ​(T,v)=TR(S∗,v)−Eπ​∑t=1T​R(St​,v), where S∗S^*S∗ maximizes R(⋅,v)R(\cdot,\mathbf v)R(⋅,v) over S\mathcal SS (2.6).

Algorithm 1 works in epochs: epoch ℓ\ellℓ offers one assortment SℓS_\ellSℓ​ until a customer buys nothing. It keeps three statistics for each product iii:

  • Ti(ℓ)T_i(\ell)Ti​(ℓ), the number of epochs up to ℓ\ellℓ that offered iii;
  • vˉi,ℓ\bar v_{i,\ell}vˉi,ℓ​, the average number of purchases of iii per such epoch;
  • the upper confidence bound vi,ℓUCB=vˉi,ℓ+vˉi,ℓ 48log⁡(Nℓ+1)/Ti(ℓ)+48log⁡(Nℓ+1)/Ti(ℓ)v^{\mathrm{UCB}}_{i,\ell}=\bar v_{i,\ell}+\sqrt{\bar v_{i,\ell}\,48\log(\sqrt N\ell+1)/T_i(\ell)}+48\log(\sqrt N\ell+1)/T_i(\ell)vi,ℓUCB​=vˉi,ℓ​+vˉi,ℓ​48log(N​ℓ+1)/Ti​(ℓ)​+48log(N​ℓ+1)/Ti​(ℓ).

The next epoch offers an assortment maximizing the MNL revenue computed with vUCBv^{\mathrm{UCB}}vUCB in place of v\mathbf vv.

The separation of an instance is the gap between the optimal and the second-best expected revenue among feasible assortments,

Δ(v)=min⁡S∈S: R(S,v)≠R(S∗,v)(R(S∗,v)−R(S,v))(6.1).\Delta(\mathbf v)=\min_{S\in\mathcal S:\,R(S,\mathbf v)\neq R(S^*,\mathbf v)}\big(R(S^*,\mathbf v)-R(S,\mathbf v)\big)\quad(6.1).Δ(v)=S∈S:R(S,v)=R(S∗,v)min​(R(S∗,v)−R(S,v))(6.1).

The analysis uses the threshold τ=4NClog⁡NT/Δ2(v)\tau=4NC\log NT/\Delta^2(\mathbf v)τ=4NClogNT/Δ2(v) (6.2), with C=max⁡{C12,C2}C=\max\{C_1^2,C_2\}C=max{C12​,C2​}, C1=72+24C_1=\sqrt{72}+\sqrt{24}C1​=72​+24​ and C2=144C_2=144C2​=144. It also uses good epochs: those in which every vi,ℓUCBv^{\mathrm{UCB}}_{i,\ell}vi,ℓUCB​ lies above viv_ivi​ and within the confidence width of Lemma 4.1.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 20)

There are absolute constants B1,B2B_1,B_2B1​,B2​ such that for every instance satisfying Assumption 4.1 with ri∈[0,1]r_i\in[0,1]ri​∈[0,1], every tie-breaking rule and every TTT,

Regπ(T,v)≤B1 N2log⁡TΔ(v)+B2.\mathrm{Reg}_\pi(T,\mathbf v)\le B_1\,\frac{N^2\log T}{\Delta(\mathbf v)}+B_2.Regπ​(T,v)≤B1​Δ(v)N2logT​+B2​.

The constants are not fixed, so the goal survives any improvement of them.

Milestones

  • Lemma 4.1 (p. 13): vi,ℓUCB≥viv^{\mathrm{UCB}}_{i,\ell}\ge v_ivi,ℓUCB​≥vi​ with probability ≥1−6/(Nℓ)\ge1-6/(N\ell)≥1−6/(Nℓ), and vi,ℓUCB−vi≤C1vilog⁡(Nℓ+1)/Ti(ℓ)+C2log⁡(Nℓ+1)/Ti(ℓ)v^{\mathrm{UCB}}_{i,\ell}-v_i\le C_1\sqrt{v_i\log(\sqrt N\ell+1)/T_i(\ell)}+C_2\log(\sqrt N\ell+1)/T_i(\ell)vi,ℓUCB​−vi​≤C1​vi​log(N​ℓ+1)/Ti​(ℓ)​+C2​log(N​ℓ+1)/Ti​(ℓ) with probability ≥1−7/(Nℓ)\ge1-7/(N\ell)≥1−7/(Nℓ).
  • Lemma 4.3 (p. 14): (1+∑j∈Svj)(R~(S)−R(S,v))(1+\sum_{j\in S}v_j)(\tilde R(S)-R(S,\mathbf v))(1+∑j∈S​vj​)(R~(S)−R(S,v)) is at most the sum of these widths over the offered set, with probability ≥1−13/ℓ\ge1-13/\ell≥1−13/ℓ.
  • Lemma 6.1 (p. 20): in a good epoch, if every offered product has Ti(ℓ)≥τT_i(\ell)\ge\tauTi​(ℓ)≥τ, the offered assortment is optimal.
  • Lemma 6.2 (p. 20): at most NτN\tauNτ good epochs offer a sub-optimal assortment.
  • Corollary C.1 (p. 48): at most Nlog⁡NTN\log NTNlogNT epochs offer a product with Ti(ℓ)<log⁡NTT_i(\ell)<\log NTTi​(ℓ)<logNT.
  • (C.5) (p. 48): the regret is at most Eπ∑ℓ≤L(1+V(Sℓ))(R(S∗,v)−R(Sℓ,v))\mathbb E_\pi\sum_{\ell\le L}(1+V(S_\ell))(R(S^*,\mathbf v)-R(S_\ell,\mathbf v))Eπ​∑ℓ≤L​(1+V(Sℓ​))(R(S∗,v)−R(Sℓ​,v)).

Companion: Corollary 6.1 (p. 21)

Under the cardinality constraint ∣S∣≤K|S|\le K∣S∣≤K: Regπ(T,v)≤B1 NKlog⁡NT/Δ(v)+B2\mathrm{Reg}_\pi(T,\mathbf v)\le B_1\,NK\log NT/\Delta(\mathbf v)+B_2Regπ​(T,v)≤B1​NKlogNT/Δ(v)+B2​.

Significance

The result. Theorem 3 shows that one policy is simultaneously near-optimal in the worst case (Theorem 1, O~(NT)\tilde O(\sqrt{NT})O~(NT​), matched by the lower bound of Theorem 2 up to logarithms) and logarithmic on separated instances. It does so without being told Δ(v)\Delta(\mathbf v)Δ(v), which the separation-based policies of Rusmevichientong et al. and Sauré–Zeevi require. Under a cardinality constraint, Corollary 6.1 matches the order of Sauré–Zeevi's bound.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper (Appendix C), and no machine-checked version exists. A formal proof has to make several things precise:

  • Algorithm 1 as a function of the observed history;
  • the epoch structure of a finite horizon;
  • the pathwise counting arguments of Lemmas 6.1–6.2 and Corollary C.1;
  • the probabilistic estimates inherited from the worst-case analysis.

Two printed details need care, and the formal statements fix them: Appendix C defines good epochs with "or" where both inequalities are meant, and Lemma 6.2's proof skips one case.

Difficulty

The counting part looks routine but depends on indexing. The bounds that are good at the end of epoch ℓ\ellℓ select the assortment of epoch ℓ+1\ell+1ℓ+1, so "a good epoch offering a sub-optimal set" pairs two consecutive epochs. A per-product count of under-sampled epochs is then off by one per product, so the printed bound NτN\tauNτ does not follow from the statement of Lemma 6.1 by counting alone.

The probabilistic part is the harder one. The per-epoch purchase counts are geometric with mean viv_ivi​ only conditionally on adaptively chosen assortments. The confidence statements must hold uniformly over a random number of samples, and the regret must be converted from customers to epochs, whose lengths are random and truncated at TTT. A union bound over all epochs costs a factor log⁡T\log TlogT, and that factor has to stay within the claimed N2log⁡T/ΔN^2\log T/\DeltaN2logT/Δ.

Formalization scope

Products are Fin N (0-based), and choices are Option (Fin N) with none the no-purchase option. A policy maps the past choices to an assortment. The law of a length-TTT history is the product of MNL probabilities, so every expectation is a finite sum. Revenue is the published ChoiceCDLP.MNL.mnlObjective v r 1, and R(S∗,v)R(S^*,\mathbf v)R(S∗,v) is a Finset.sup' over the nonempty family S\mathcal SS. Algorithm 1 is defined as an explicit state machine and never reads v\mathbf vv. Ties in its argmax are broken by an arbitrary selector, and every statement quantifies over all selectors.

Standing assumptions carried by every statement:

  • 0≤vi≤10\le v_i\le10≤vi​≤1;
  • ri∈[0,1]r_i\in[0,1]ri​∈[0,1];
  • the totally unimodular form of S\mathcal SS;
  • closure under subsets;
  • nonemptiness of S\mathcal SS (needed for S∗S^*S∗ to exist).

Disclosed conventions:

  • UCB before sampling. vi,ℓUCB=1v^{\mathrm{UCB}}_{i,\ell}=1vi,ℓUCB​=1 while Ti(ℓ)=0T_i(\ell)=0Ti​(ℓ)=0.
  • Degenerate separation. Δ(v)=1\Delta(\mathbf v)=1Δ(v)=1 when every feasible assortment is optimal; the regret is then 000.
  • Lemma 4.1 constants. C1,C2C_1,C_2C1​,C2​ take the values established in the proof of Lemma 4.1.
  • Probabilistic lemmas. They are stated for every horizon TTT as probabilities that epoch ℓ\ellℓ is completed and the bound fails.
  • Lemma 4.3. The printed free index iii is read as the sum over the offered set, and R~\tilde RR~ uses the bounds of the preceding epoch.
  • (C.5). It is stated as "≤\le≤", since the last epoch is truncated at TTT.

The constants B1,B2B_1,B_2B1​,B2​ are quantified before every other object. A constant depending on NNN, v\mathbf vv or Δ\DeltaΔ would make the theorem say only that regret is finite. The policy is pinned to Algorithm 1, not to any optimistic rule.

Contributions are welcome at every level:

  • the pathwise lemmas (6.1, 6.2, C.1), which need no probability;
  • the epoch rewriting (C.5);
  • the concentration Lemmas 4.1 and 4.3, shared with the companion mission on Theorem 1;
  • reusable infrastructure: MNL choice probabilities and finite-horizon history laws for adaptive policies.

Selected references

  • S. Agrawal, V. Avadhanula, V. Goyal, A. Zeevi, MNL-Bandit: A Dynamic Learning Approach to Assortment Selection, Operations Research 67(5):1453–1485, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2018.1832 ; preprint arXiv:1706.03880v2. https://arxiv.org/abs/1706.03880v2
  • P. Rusmevichientong, Z.-J. M. Shen, D. B. Shmoys, Dynamic assortment optimization with a multinomial logit choice model and capacity constraint, Operations Research 58(6):1666–1680, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1100.0866
  • D. Sauré, A. Zeevi, Optimal dynamic assortment planning with demand learning, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 15(3):387–404, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.2013.0429
  • K. Talluri, G. van Ryzin, Revenue management under a general discrete choice model of consumer behavior, Management Science 50(1):15–33, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1030.0147
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryMarkov Chain·Captain: mikedeng1

The Evolution of Conventions III: In 2 × 2 Games with Two Strict Equilibria, the Generically Stable Equilibria of Adaptive Play Are the Weakly Risk Dominant OnesResearch Paper

Motivation

Many games have several strict Nash equilibria, and equilibrium analysis alone does not say which one a population will settle on. Harsanyi and Selten (1988) proposed risk dominance as a selection criterion for 2×22\times22×2 games: of two strict equilibria, select the one whose basin is "larger" in a precise payoff sense. That criterion is axiomatic. H. Peyton Young's The Evolution of Conventions (Econometrica, 1993) derives a selection from a dynamic model instead: boundedly rational players with finite memory, incomplete information about the past and occasional mistakes. Its Theorem 3 says that, in 2×22\times22×2 games, the dynamic selection and risk dominance coincide.

Timeline.

  • 1984. Freidlin and Wentzell develop the theory of small random perturbations of dynamical systems, including the tree characterization of limiting stationary measures.
  • 1990. Foster and Young introduce stochastic stability for evolutionary processes with vanishing noise.
  • 1993. Kandori, Mailath and Rob prove that in symmetric 2×22\times22×2 games with a single population, the long-run equilibrium of a mutation process is the risk dominant one. Young (1993) proves the same selection for adaptive play, a two-population model with sampling from a finite memory, for every 2×22\times22×2 game with two strict equilibria, not only symmetric ones. Its Example 3 shows that in 3×33\times33×3 games the selected equilibrium can differ from both the risk dominant and the Pareto optimal one.

Setting

A finite game Γ\GammaΓ has players iii with finite strategy sets SiS_iSi​ and payoffs ui(s)u_i(s)ui​(s). Fix a memory mmm and a sample size kkk with 1≤k≤m1\le k\le m1≤k≤m. A state is the sequence hhh of the last mmm plays (strategy-tuples), oldest first; a successor of hhh drops the oldest play and appends a new one. In each period each player draws a sample of kkk of the mmm recorded plays and chooses a best reply to it (maximizing total payoff against the sampled plays). The choice probabilities pi(s∣h)p_i(s\mid h)pi​(s∣h) form a best-reply distribution: pi(s∣h)>0p_i(s\mid h)>0pi​(s∣h)>0 exactly when sss is a best reply to some sample of size kkk. This gives adaptive play P0P^0P0, display (1).

With mistakes, each player iii independently experiments with probability ελi\varepsilon\lambda_iελi​ and then plays sss with probability qi(s∣h)>0q_i(s\mid h)>0qi​(s∣h)>0. This gives the perturbed chain PεP^\varepsilonPε of display (2). It has a unique stationary distribution με\mu^\varepsilonμε. A state hhh is stochastically stable if lim⁡ε→0μhε>0\lim_{\varepsilon\to0}\mu^\varepsilon_h>0limε→0​μhε​>0. A convention is mmm repetitions of a strict pure Nash equilibrium. With LΓL_\GammaLΓ​ the longest shortest best-reply path to a strict equilibrium, a strict equilibrium is generically stable if its convention is stochastically stable for all sufficiently large kkk and all mmm with k≤m/(LΓ+2)k\le m/(L_\Gamma+2)k≤m/(LΓ​+2).

For a 2×22\times22×2 game in normal form, with Row's payoffs arca_{rc}arc​ and Column's brcb_{rc}brc​ satisfying a11>a21a_{11}>a_{21}a11​>a21​, b11>b12b_{11}>b_{12}b11​>b12​, a22>a12a_{22}>a_{12}a22​>a12​, b22>b21b_{22}>b_{21}b22​>b21​, set

R1=min⁡{a11−a21a11−a12−a21+a22,b11−b12b11−b12−b21+b22},R2=min⁡{a22−a12a11−a12−a21+a22,b22−b21b11−b12−b21+b22}.R_1=\min\Big\{\tfrac{a_{11}-a_{21}}{a_{11}-a_{12}-a_{21}+a_{22}},\tfrac{b_{11}-b_{12}}{b_{11}-b_{12}-b_{21}+b_{22}}\Big\},\qquad R_2=\min\Big\{\tfrac{a_{22}-a_{12}}{a_{11}-a_{12}-a_{21}+a_{22}},\tfrac{b_{22}-b_{21}}{b_{11}-b_{12}-b_{21}+b_{22}}\Big\}.R1​=min{a11​−a12​−a21​+a22​a11​−a21​​,b11​−b12​−b21​+b22​b11​−b12​​},R2​=min{a11​−a12​−a21​+a22​a22​−a12​​,b11​−b12​−b21​+b22​b22​−b21​​}.

(1,1)(1,1)(1,1) weakly risk dominates (2,2)(2,2)(2,2) if R1≥R2R_1\ge R_2R1​≥R2​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 72)

(1,1) generically stable  ⟺  R1≥R2,(2,2) generically stable  ⟺  R2≥R1.(1,1)\text{ generically stable}\iff R_1\ge R_2,\qquad (2,2)\text{ generically stable}\iff R_2\ge R_1.(1,1) generically stable⟺R1​≥R2​,(2,2) generically stable⟺R2​≥R1​.

This holds for every 2×22\times22×2 game in normal form, for every best-reply distribution and every admissible experimentation.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. PεP^\varepsilonPε is irreducible and aperiodic and has a unique stationary distribution (§6, pp. 67–68).
  2. (2) is a regular perturbation of (1): Pε→P0P^\varepsilon\to P^0Pε→P0, and Phh′εP^\varepsilon_{hh'}Phh′ε​ is of exact order εr(h,h′)\varepsilon^{r(h,h')}εr(h,h′), with r(h,h′)r(h,h')r(h,h′) the number of mistakes (Appendix, p. 77).
  3. Theorem 2 (p. 69): the stochastically stable states are those in the recurrent classes of P0P^0P0 of minimum stochastic potential, independently of λ\lambdaλ and qqq.
  4. Corollary (p. 70): for weakly acyclic games with k≤m/(LΓ+2)k\le m/(L_\Gamma+2)k≤m/(LΓ​+2), the stable states are the conventions of minimum stochastic potential.
  5. The 2×22\times22×2 case is acyclic with LΓ=1L_\Gamma=1LΓ​=1, and for k≤m/3k\le m/3k≤m/3 the recurrent classes of P0P^0P0 are {h1}\{h_1\}{h1​} and {h2}\{h_2\}{h2​} (p. 70).
  6. r12=⌈R1k⌉r_{12}=\lceil R_1k\rceilr12​=⌈R1​k⌉ and 7. r21=⌈R2k⌉r_{21}=\lceil R_2k\rceilr21​=⌈R2​k⌉ (pp. 71–72).
  7. If R1>R2R_1>R_2R1​>R2​, then h1h_1h1​ is the unique stable convention, and if R1=R2R_1=R_2R1​=R2​, both are, for all large kkk and m≥3km\ge3km≥3k (p. 72).

Significance

Theorem 3 gives a dynamic foundation for risk dominance: an equilibrium selection criterion defined from payoffs alone is the long-run outcome of a decentralized learning process with sampling and rare mistakes. It requires no symmetry between the two player roles. Theorem 2 makes stochastic stability computable: a limit of stationary distributions is reduced to a minimum-weight arborescence over recurrent classes. That reduction is what the 2×22\times22×2 computation, and later applications of the method to bargaining and contracting, rely on. The equivalence of the RRR-form with the product form (a11−a21)(b11−b12)≥(a22−a12)(b22−b21)(a_{11}-a_{21})(b_{11}-b_{12})\ge(a_{22}-a_{12})(b_{22}-b_{21})(a11​−a21​)(b11​−b12​)≥(a22​−a12​)(b22​−b21​) of Harsanyi and Selten is elementary algebra and is not a target here.

The results are proved in the paper. To our knowledge none of them has a machine-checked proof. The mission produces formal statements of the model (adaptive play, its perturbation, stochastic stability, resistance and stochastic potential) that are reusable for other stochastic-stability results. Closing the goal also requires formalizing Young's finite version of the Freidlin–Wentzell theorem, the subject of the companion mission The Evolution of Conventions II.

Difficulty

The paper's argument has two hard parts. The first is Theorem 2: identifying the limit of με\mu^\varepsilonμε requires the Markov chain tree theorem (the stationary distribution of an irreducible chain as a ratio of sums over spanning in-trees) together with an order-of-magnitude analysis in ε\varepsilonε. The second is the exact resistance ⌈R1k⌉\lceil R_1k\rceil⌈R1​k⌉. The page constructs a path with that many mistakes (Table 1), but the matching lower bound, that no combination of mistakes by both players does better, is only asserted. It needs an argument about the first period in which some player's best reply switches. A naive count of single-player mistake runs gives only the upper bound. The tie case of (5) also matters: equality makes strategy 2 a best reply, which is why the ceiling and not the floor appears.

Formalization scope

Players are a finite type and strategies finite types. A state is Fin m → (∀ i, S i) with position 0 the oldest play. A sample is a set of kkk positions, and a best reply maximizes the summed payoff against the sampled plays. Transition matrices are Matrix H H ℝ. Stochastic stability is a one-sided limit ε→0+\varepsilon\to0^+ε→0+ of the stationary distributions of PεP^\varepsilonPε, over the admissible range 0<ε0<\varepsilon0<ε, ελi≤1\varepsilon\lambda_i\le1ελi​≤1. Resistances are natural numbers on successor pairs. Recurrent classes are the essential classes of P0P^0P0, and iii-trees are parent maps on the set of classes that reach the root. "k≤m/(LΓ+2)k\le m/(L_\Gamma+2)k≤m/(LΓ​+2)" is the natural-number inequality k(LΓ+2)≤mk(L_\Gamma+2)\le mk(LΓ​+2)≤m. In the 2×22\times22×2 game, players and strategies are Fin 2, with the paper's 1,21,21,2 written as 0, 1.

Two corrected slips are recorded in the statements. On p. 68 the recurrent classes are "of PεP^\varepsilonPε" for P0P^0P0, and on p. 77 "the process PεP^\varepsilonPε defined in (1)" is P0P^0P0.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out. Stochastic stability is defined from stationary distributions, not from resistances, and generic stability is defined from stochastic stability, not from ⌈R1k⌉\lceil R_1k\rceil⌈R1​k⌉ versus ⌈R2k⌉\lceil R_2k\rceil⌈R2​k⌉. Both definitions quantify over every best-reply distribution and every admissible (λ,q)(\lambda,q)(λ,q) rather than a fixed sampling law. "Sufficiently large kkk" is an eventual statement with a threshold, not "for some kkk".

A complete development needs Markov chain stationary distributions on finite spaces, the Markov chain tree theorem, limits of rational functions of ε\varepsilonε, and the combinatorics of sampling in 2×22\times22×2 games. The perturbation theory (milestones 1–3) is reusable for any finite stochastic-stability model. Contributions to the tree theorem and to the two resistance computations are particularly welcome.

Related platform work: stochastic fictitious play (StochFictPlay.*, Hofbauer–Sandholm) and calibrated learning to correlated equilibrium (CalibratedCE.*, Foster–Vohra) study other learning dynamics in games. The sibling missions The Evolution of Conventions I (Theorem 1, convergence of adaptive play) and II (Theorem 4, regular perturbations of Markov chains) formalize the results this mission's milestones invoke.

Selected references

  • H. P. Young, The Evolution of Conventions, Econometrica 61(1), 1993, 57–84. https://doi.org/10.2307/2951778
  • J. C. Harsanyi and R. Selten, A General Theory of Equilibrium Selection in Games, MIT Press, 1988.
  • M. Kandori, G. J. Mailath and R. Rob, Learning, Mutation, and Long Run Equilibria in Games, Econometrica 61(1), 1993, 29–56. https://doi.org/10.2307/2951777
  • D. Foster and H. P. Young, Stochastic Evolutionary Game Dynamics, Theoretical Population Biology 38, 1990, 219–232. https://doi.org/10.1016/0040-5809(90)90011-J
  • M. I. Freidlin and A. D. Wentzell, Random Perturbations of Dynamical Systems, Springer, 1984. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4684-0176-9
45 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Old and New Methods for Lost-Sales Inventory Systems 1: Under Any Policy in Z(s) the State Enters X(s) and Never Leaves, So Every State Outside X(s) Is TransientResearch Paper

Why the lost-sales state space matters

The lost-sales inventory system with a positive lead time is one of the basic models of inventory theory. Demand that cannot be met from stock is lost rather than backlogged, and orders arrive a fixed number LLL of periods after they are placed. Unlike the backlog system, where the inventory position is a sufficient one-dimensional state and a base-stock policy is optimal, the lost-sales system needs the whole pipeline of outstanding orders as its state, and its optimal policy has no simple form. Computing optimal policies by dynamic programming therefore runs into the size of an LLL-dimensional state space.

Paul Zipkin's paper Old and New Methods for Lost-Sales Inventory Systems (Operations Research 56(5), 2008, doi:10.1287/opre.1070.0471) revisits this model, compares classical and new heuristics against optimal policies, and prepares the computation with a state-reduction result. Morton (1969, SIAM Review 11, Equation (83)) showed that under an optimal policy the state remains in a bounded set; Zipkin's §4 extends the argument to every policy in a class Z(s)Z(s)Z(s) that contains the usual heuristics. This mission formalizes that section: the reduced state space X(s)X(s)X(s), the policy class Z(s)Z(s)Z(s), and Claim 1, which says that states outside X(s)X(s)X(s) are transient.

Setting

Fix the lead time L≥1L\ge 1L≥1. The state is the LLL-vector x=(x0,…,xL−1)x=(x_0,\dots,x_{L-1})x=(x0​,…,xL−1​): x0x_0x0​ is the stock on hand after this period's delivery, and xlx_lxl​ (1≤l≤L−11\le l\le L-11≤l≤L−1) is the order that arrives lll periods later, so xL−1x_{L-1}xL−1​ is the most recent order. Given the state xxx, an order z≥0z\ge 0z≥0 and a demand d≥0d\ge 0d≥0, the next state is

x+=([x0−d]++x1, x2, …, xL−1, z),[a]+=max⁡(a,0).x_+ = \bigl([x_0-d]^+ + x_1,\ x_2,\ \dots,\ x_{L-1},\ z\bigr),\qquad [a]^+=\max(a,0).x+​=([x0​−d]++x1​, x2​, …, xL−1​, z),[a]+=max(a,0).

Demands in successive periods are independent with a common law DDD on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞).

The pipeline partial sums are vl=∑m=lL−1xmv_l=\sum_{m=l}^{L-1}x_mvl​=∑m=lL−1​xm​ for l=0,…,L−1l=0,\dots,L-1l=0,…,L−1 and vL=0v_L=0vL​=0; v0v_0v0​ is the inventory position and vL−1=xL−1v_{L-1}=x_{L-1}vL−1​=xL−1​ the most recent order. A level vector is s=(s0,…,sL)s=(s_0,\dots,s_L)s=(s0​,…,sL​) with s0≥s1≥⋯≥sL≥0s_0\ge s_1\ge\dots\ge s_L\ge 0s0​≥s1​≥⋯≥sL​≥0. For a level vector sss,

X(s)={x≥0: vl≤sl, l=0,…,L−1},X(s)=\{x\ge 0:\ v_l\le s_l,\ l=0,\dots,L-1\},X(s)={x≥0: vl​≤sl​, l=0,…,L−1},

and Z(s)Z(s)Z(s) is the set of stationary policies zzz (an order z(x)≥0z(x)\ge 0z(x)≥0 in each state x≥0x\ge 0x≥0) with z(x)=0z(x)=0z(x)=0 for x∉X(s)x\notin X(s)x∈/X(s) and vl+z(x)≤slv_l+z(x)\le s_lvl​+z(x)≤sl​ for l=0,…,Ll=0,\dots,Ll=0,…,L and x∈X(s)x\in X(s)x∈X(s). The vector base-stock policy with parameter sss is

zs(x)=[min⁡{sl−vl, l=0,…,L}]+,z_s(x)=\bigl[\min\{s_l-v_l,\ l=0,\dots,L\}\bigr]^+,zs​(x)=[min{sl​−vl​, l=0,…,L}]+,

equation (5) of the paper with a general sss in place of Morton's sˉ\bar ssˉ. Under a stationary policy zzz, from an initial state xxx and along a demand path (dt)(d_t)(dt​), the state process is x0=xx_0=xx0​=x, xt+1=(xt)+x_{t+1}=(x_t)_+xt+1​=(xt​)+​ with order z(xt)z(x_t)z(xt​) and demand dtd_tdt​. In Lean these are next, v, IsLevelVector, Xs, Zs, vectorBaseStock and traj in the namespace LostSalesOldNew.StateReduction.

Formalization targets

Goal: Claim 1 (p. 1259)

For a level vector sss, a policy z∈Z(s)z\in Z(s)z∈Z(s), i.i.d. demands with law DDD on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) and P(d>0)>0P(d>0)>0P(d>0)>0, and any initial state x≥0x\ge 0x≥0, almost surely

∃ T ∀ t≥T:xt∈X(s).\exists\,T\ \forall\,t\ge T:\quad x_t\in X(s).∃T ∀t≥T:xt​∈X(s).

The paper's word is "transient"; the statement above says that every state outside X(s)X(s)X(s), indeed the whole complement, is visited only finitely often.

Milestones

  1. (5) and §4: for every level vector sss, zs∈Z(s)z_s\in Z(s)zs​∈Z(s).
  2. Invariance (proof of Claim 1): x∈X(s)x\in X(s)x∈X(s), z∈Z(s)z\in Z(s)z∈Z(s), d≥0d\ge 0d≥0 imply x+∈X(s)x_+\in X(s)x+​∈X(s).
  3. Entrance (proof of Claim 1): along a demand path with dt≥0d_t\ge 0dt​≥0 and ∑t<ndt→∞\sum_{t<n}d_t\to\infty∑t<n​dt​→∞, the process started at any x≥0x\ge 0x≥0 visits X(s)X(s)X(s).

A further item records the paper's remark that X(s)X(s)X(s) and Z(s)Z(s)Z(s) are increasing in sss.

Significance

Claim 1 lets the dynamic program be solved on the compact set X(sˉ)X(\bar s)X(sˉ) with policies restricted to Z(sˉ)Z(\bar s)Z(sˉ), which is what makes the paper's exact computations (lead times up to four, §6) feasible. Since Z(s)Z(s)Z(s) contains the vector base-stock policies and, for sss large enough, any policy that stops ordering in large states, the claim also says that every plausible policy eventually confines the state to a bounded set.

The result has a short proof in the paper and no machine-checked version. Formalizing it produces a reusable encoding of the lost-sales pipeline with general stationary policies, and makes explicit two points the paper leaves implicit: the probabilistic reading of "transient", and the demand condition under which the process must leave the complement of X(s)X(s)X(s). Related platform material treats the backlog analogue (VeinottBaseStock.base_stock_level_absorbing, a base-stock level set is absorbing) and lost-sales dynamics under other conventions (CappedBaseStock_Model, from an empty initial state under capped base-stock policies with average cost); those formulations use another state convention and cost criterion and are not imported here.

Difficulty

The invariance step is algebra on partial sums. The content of the claim is the entrance step: outside X(s)X(s)X(s) the policy orders nothing, so the process can only reach X(s)X(s)X(s) through demand draining the stock and the pipeline. That requires the cumulative demand to diverge, which fails pathwise (demand identically zero leaves a state with x0>s0x_0>s_0x0​>s0​ fixed forever) and holds only almost surely, from independence and P(d>0)>0P(d>0)>0P(d>0)>0. The naive reading of "transient" as invariance alone, or as the pathwise statement with divergent demand assumed, misses this step.

Formalization scope

  • States are Fin L → ℝ with L≥1L\ge 1L≥1 in the goal; theorems quantify over nonnegative states. The vector (x,z)(x,z)(x,z) is Fin.snoc x z; vvv takes a natural-number index and vanishes at l≥Ll\ge Ll≥L, so vL=0v_L=0vL​=0.
  • Level vectors are Fin (L+1) → ℝ, antitone with nonnegative last entry. X(s)X(s)X(s) constrains v0,…,vL−1v_0,\dots,v_{L-1}v0​,…,vL−1​; Z(s)Z(s)Z(s) constrains vl+z(x)v_l+z(x)vl​+z(x) for l=0,…,Ll=0,\dots,Ll=0,…,L.
  • Policies are deterministic stationary functions of the state, with no measurability required. The zero condition and the sign condition of Z(s)Z(s)Z(s) range over states x≥0x\ge 0x≥0 (the paper's state space); over all of RL\mathbb R^LRL the vector base-stock policy would not be in Z(s)Z(s)Z(s).
  • Demand is a probability measure DDD on R\mathbb RR with D((−∞,0))=0D((-\infty,0))=0D((−∞,0))=0; the demand sequence is the coordinate process under Measure.infinitePi (fun _ : ℕ => D). The hypothesis D((0,∞))>0D((0,\infty))>0D((0,∞))>0 is added to the paper's assumptions; without it the claim is false.
  • "Transient" is read as: almost surely the state lies in X(s)X(s)X(s) from some period on.
  • Ruled out: the goal is neither the invariance statement alone, which says nothing about states outside X(s)X(s)X(s), nor the pathwise entrance statement with divergent cumulative demand assumed, which drops the probabilistic content.

A complete development needs the partial-sum algebra of the pipeline, the second Borel–Cantelli lemma or the strong law for i.i.d. nonnegative sequences under Measure.infinitePi, and induction along traj. The pipeline encoding is shared with the second mission of this series (lead-time monotonicity). Proofs of any milestone and of the goal are welcome.

Selected references

  • P. Zipkin, Old and New Methods for Lost-Sales Inventory Systems, Operations Research 56(5):1256–1263, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1070.0471
  • T. Morton, Bounds on the Solution of the Lagged Optimal Inventory Equation with No Demand Backlogging and Proportional Costs, SIAM Review 11:572–576, 1969 (as cited in Zipkin 2008).
  • T. Morton, The Near-Myopic Nature of the Lagged-Proportional-Cost Inventory Problem with Lost Sales, Operations Research 19(7):1708–1716, 1971. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.19.7.1708
  • R. Levi, G. Janakiraman, M. Nagarajan, Provably Near-Optimal Balancing Policies for Stochastic Inventory Control Models with Lost Sales, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2008 (forthcoming at the time of Zipkin 2008).
5 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Structure of Lost-Sales Inventory Models 1: In the Transformed State v = J⁻¹x, the Optimal Cost Functions f̄_t(v) and ḡ_t(v, ζ) Are L♮-ConvexResearch Paper

Motivation

The lost-sales inventory system is the inventory model in which demand that cannot be met from stock is lost, not backlogged. It is the natural model for retail and for any setting where a customer who finds the shelf empty buys elsewhere. With a positive order lead time it is also one of the classical hard problems of inventory theory. In the backorder model the state collapses to a single number, the inventory position, and a base-stock policy is optimal. Under lost sales the whole pipeline of outstanding orders matters, the state is an LLL-dimensional vector, and no simple policy is optimal.

Its structure has a long history:

  • Karlin and Scarf (1958) formulated the model and showed, for lead time one and continuous demand, that the optimal order decreases in on-hand inventory with slope bounded by one.
  • Morton (1969) extended these qualitative properties to general lead times, again by differentiating the optimal cost function, which required smooth demand distributions.
  • Zipkin (2008), the paper formalized here, recovered and unified both results with a change of state variables and a single structural property, L♮-convexity, from discrete convex analysis (Murota 2003). The argument needs no smoothness and works for discrete as well as continuous demand.

Setting

Time is discrete. In each period the order due arrives, a new order z≥0z\ge0z≥0 is placed, demand d≥0d\ge0d≥0 occurs, and a holding or penalty cost is charged. The lead time L≥1L\ge1L≥1 is an integer. The original state x=(x0,…,xL−1)x=(x_0,\dots,x_{L-1})x=(x0​,…,xL−1​) records on-hand inventory x0x_0x0​ followed by the orders in transit. Demands are independent with a common law μ\muμ. The costs are linear and stationary: unit procurement cost ccc, unit holding cost h^\hat hh^, unit lost-sales penalty ppp, and discount factor γ\gammaγ.

The transformed state is the vector of partial sums vl=∑k=lL−1xkv_l=\sum_{k=l}^{L-1}x_kvl​=∑k=lL−1​xk​, 0≤l<L0\le l<L0≤l<L, with the convention vL=0v_L=0vL​=0. It ranges over the cone

V={v∈RL:v0≥v1≥⋯≥vL−1≥0}.V=\{v\in\mathbb R^L : v_0\ge v_1\ge\dots\ge v_{L-1}\ge 0\}.V={v∈RL:v0​≥v1​≥⋯≥vL−1​≥0}.

The transformed order is ζ=−z≤0\zeta=-z\le0ζ=−z≤0. With eee the all-ones vector, the state moves to

v+=([v0−v1−d]++v1, v2, …, vL−1, 0)−ζe.v_+=\big([v_0-v_1-d]^+ + v_1,\ v_2,\ \dots,\ v_{L-1},\ 0\big)-\zeta e .v+​=([v0​−v1​−d]++v1​, v2​, …, vL−1​, 0)−ζe.

The one-period cost is q^(u)=h^u++pu−\hat q(u)=\hat hu^+ + pu^-q^​(u)=h^u++pu− on u=y−du=y-du=y−d, where y=v0−v1y=v_0-v_1y=v0​−v1​ is the on-hand stock, and q^0(y)=E[q^(y−d)]\hat q^0(y)=E[\hat q(y-d)]q^​0(y)=E[q^​(y−d)]. With kkk periods to go, the optimal cost functions are

fˉ0≡0,gˉk(v,ζ)=−γLcζ+q^0(v0−v1)+γE[fˉk(v+)],fˉk+1(v)=inf⁡ζ≤0gˉk(v,ζ).\bar f_0\equiv0,\qquad \bar g_k(v,\zeta)=-\gamma^Lc\zeta+\hat q^0(v_0-v_1)+\gamma E\big[\bar f_k(v_+)\big],\qquad \bar f_{k+1}(v)=\inf_{\zeta\le0}\bar g_k(v,\zeta).fˉ​0​≡0,gˉ​k​(v,ζ)=−γLcζ+q^​0(v0​−v1​)+γE[fˉ​k​(v+​)],fˉ​k+1​(v)=ζ≤0inf​gˉ​k​(v,ζ).

A function φ\varphiφ is submodular on a set S⊆RnS\subseteq\mathbb R^nS⊆Rn if φ(x∨y)+φ(x∧y)≤φ(x)+φ(y)\varphi(x\vee y)+\varphi(x\wedge y)\le\varphi(x)+\varphi(y)φ(x∨y)+φ(x∧y)≤φ(x)+φ(y) for all x,y∈Sx,y\in Sx,y∈S, with ∨,∧\vee,\wedge∨,∧ the componentwise maximum and minimum. A function f:V→Rf:V\to\mathbb Rf:V→R is L♮-convex if ψ(v,ζ)=f(v−ζe)\psi(v,\zeta)=f(v-\zeta e)ψ(v,ζ)=f(v−ζe) is submodular on V×ℜ−V\times\Re^-V×ℜ−. A function g(v,ζ)g(v,\zeta)g(v,ζ) on V×ℜ−V\times\Re^-V×ℜ− is L♮-convex if g((v,ζ)−ξ(e,1))g\big((v,\zeta)-\xi(e,1)\big)g((v,ζ)−ξ(e,1)) is submodular in (v,ζ,ξ)(v,\zeta,\xi)(v,ζ,ξ) over v∈Vv\in Vv∈V, ζ≤ξ≤0\zeta\le\xi\le0ζ≤ξ≤0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4 (p. 939)

For every number of periods to go kkk,

fˉk is L♮-convex on Vandgˉk is L♮-convex on V×ℜ−.\bar f_k \text{ is L♮-convex on } V \quad\text{and}\quad \bar g_k \text{ is L♮-convex on } V\times\Re^- .fˉ​k​ is L♮-convex on Vandgˉ​k​ is L♮-convex on V×ℜ−.

The statement fixes no constants. It holds for every lead time, every demand law in the class below, and every cost vector.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. Lemma 1 (p. 938): if f(v)f(v)f(v) is L♮-convex, so is ψ(v,ζ)=f(v−ζe)\psi(v,\zeta)=f(v-\zeta e)ψ(v,ζ)=f(v−ζe).
  2. Lemma 2 (p. 939): if g(v,ζ)g(v,\zeta)g(v,ζ) is L♮-convex, so is f(v)=min⁡ζ≤0g(v,ζ)f(v)=\min_{\zeta\le0}g(v,\zeta)f(v)=minζ≤0​g(v,ζ).
  3. Optimal filling (proof of Theorem 4): in the end-of-period program (3), filling as much demand as possible is optimal (a=min⁡{d,v0−v1}a=\min\{d,v_0-v_1\}a=min{d,v0​−v1​}). Consequently κˉt(v,ζ∣d)=q^(v0−v1−d)+γfˉt+1(v+)\bar\kappa_t(v,\zeta\mid d)=\hat q(v_0-v_1-d)+\gamma\bar f_{t+1}(v_+)κˉt​(v,ζ∣d)=q^​(v0​−v1​−d)+γfˉ​t+1​(v+​).
  4. ψt\psi_tψt​ is L♮-convex: the objective ψt(v+,v,ζ)=h^(v+−v1)+p(v+−v0+d)+γfˉt+1[(v+,v2,…,vL−1,0)−ζe]\psi_t(v_+,v,\zeta)=\hat h(v_+-v_1)+p(v_+-v_0+d)+\gamma\bar f_{t+1}[(v_+,v_2,\dots,v_{L-1},0)-\zeta e]ψt​(v+​,v,ζ)=h^(v+​−v1​)+p(v+​−v0​+d)+γfˉ​t+1​[(v+​,v2​,…,vL−1​,0)−ζe] of program (4) is L♮-convex on its constraint set.
  5. κˉt\bar\kappa_tκˉt​ is L♮-convex: the end-of-period cost κˉt(v,ζ∣d)\bar\kappa_t(v,\zeta\mid d)κˉt​(v,ζ∣d) is L♮-convex in (v,ζ)(v,\zeta)(v,ζ) for each ddd.
  6. gˉt\bar g_tgˉ​t​ is L♮-convex: if fˉt+1\bar f_{t+1}fˉ​t+1​ is L♮-convex, so is gˉt=−γLcζ+Ed[κˉt]\bar g_t=-\gamma^Lc\zeta+E_d[\bar\kappa_t]gˉ​t​=−γLcζ+Ed​[κˉt​], by (5).

Significance

The result. L♮-convexity of fˉt\bar f_tfˉ​t​ implies that fˉt\bar f_tfˉ​t​ is submodular and convex in the transformed state. L♮-convexity of gˉt\bar g_tgˉ​t​ yields, through Lemma 3 and Corollary 5 of the paper, that the optimal order zˉt(v)\bar z_t(v)zˉt​(v) is nonincreasing in vvv and changes by at most ω\omegaω when every component of vvv increases by ω\omegaω. These are exactly the Karlin–Scarf and Morton sensitivity results, obtained without derivatives. The same property underlies the paper's later results: the bounds on the optimal policy (§4), the monotonicity of cost in demand variability (§5), and the extensions to capacity limits, correlated demand and stochastic lead times (§6).

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; nothing here is open mathematically. To our knowledge no machine-checked proof of L♮-convexity of an inventory value function exists. The mission produces three things:

  • a formal L♮-convexity theory on real cones (the shift characterization, its preservation under partial minimization, and its preservation under expectation);
  • a checked version of the induction behind Theorem 4;
  • a verified model of the lost-sales recursion in the transformed state, which missions on Corollary 5 and the later sections can import.

Difficulty

The obvious argument works with ordinary convexity and submodularity in the original state xxx. It stalls: the lost-sales transition [x0−d]+[x_0-d]^+[x0​−d]+ is not linear, and the order enters only the last pipeline component, so the comparative statics Karlin and Scarf and Morton obtained by differentiation do not follow from convexity in xxx. The paper's structure appears only in the partial sums vvv. Submodularity alone, moreover, is not preserved by the step that minimizes over the order. The shift structure of L♮-convexity is what survives the minimization over ζ\zetaζ (Lemma 2). Proving plain submodularity of fˉt\bar f_tfˉ​t​ on VVV therefore does not close the induction.

A second difficulty is the end-of-period program. Writing the next state as the minimum of a program over a constraint set that is a sublattice requires checking the order-theoretic structure of the set together with the sign pattern of every term. The equality between the program's value and the recursion's one-period cost (milestone 3) is a property of the model's own value function, not of an arbitrary L♮-convex continuation.

A third difficulty is measure-theoretic. Preservation under expectation needs integrability and measurability of d↦fˉk(v+)d\mapsto\bar f_k(v_+)d↦fˉ​k​(v+​), and these come from the model rather than from the definitions.

Formalization scope

  • Representation. States are functions Fin L → ℝ, indexed 0,…,L−10,\dots,L-10,…,L−1 as in the paper. A helper returns vlv_lvl​ for l<Ll<Ll<L and 000 at l=Ll=Ll=L. A function g(v,ζ)g(v,\zeta)g(v,ζ) is encoded on Fin (L+1) → ℝ with ζ\zetaζ last. The objective ψt\psi_tψt​ of (4) is encoded on Fin (L+2) → ℝ with coordinates (v+,v0,…,vL−1,ζ)(v_+,v_0,\dots,v_{L-1},\zeta)(v+​,v0​,…,vL−1​,ζ). The order is componentwise.
  • L♮-convexity on a domain DDD: (x,ξ)↦f(x−ξe)(x,\xi)\mapsto f(x-\xi e)(x,ξ)↦f(x−ξe) is submodular on {ξ≤0, x∈D, x−ξe∈D}\{\xi\le0,\ x\in D,\ x-\xi e\in D\}{ξ≤0, x∈D, x−ξe∈D}, with eee the all-ones vector on every coordinate. For D=VD=VD=V this is the paper's definition verbatim. This is the paper's definition, not Murota's translation-submodularity form, and it is stated on real vectors. The platform's discrete-convexity library (DiscreteConvex.LConvexFunctions.*) works on ZV\mathbb Z^VZV with values in R∪{+∞}\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}R∪{+∞}, a different domain and definition, and is not reused.
  • Time. Data are stationary, so the paper's fˉt\bar f_tfˉ​t​ depends on ttt only through the number of periods to go k=T+L+1−tk=T+L+1-tk=T+L+1−t, and "for all ttt" is "for all kkk". The minimum over z≥0z\ge0z≥0 is taken in every period, as printed in (1).
  • Explicit readings of the paper's phrases.
    • "min" (over ζ≤0\zeta\le0ζ≤0, over v+v_+v+​, over (a,w)(a,w)(a,w)) is an infimum over the constraint set. In the model every cost is nonnegative, so the infimum is genuine. The generic Lemma 2 assumes the values bounded below, and the generic milestone 5 assumes the continuation nonnegative on VVV.
    • "the dtd_tdt​ are independent and nonnegative": one law μ\muμ with μ(−∞,0)=0\mu(-\infty,0)=0μ(−∞,0)=0, since data are stationary.
    • "unit cost", "discount rate": c,h^,p≥0c,\hat h,p\ge0c,h^,p≥0 and 0<γ≤10<\gamma\le10<γ≤1.
    • Finite mean demand is added: without it q^0\hat q^0q^​0 is infinite.
    • "the optimal a=min⁡{d,v0−v1}a=\min\{d,v_0-v_1\}a=min{d,v0​−v1​}": stated as the equality of the infimum of program (4) with its value at v+=max⁡(v0−d,v1)v_+=\max(v_0-d,v_1)v+​=max(v0​−d,v1​).
  • Ruled out. A statement that holds because a value function is the junk constant 000 (constants are L♮-convex), plain submodularity on VVV in place of the shift condition, quantification over all of RL\mathbb R^LRL instead of VVV, and a goal about an arbitrary function assumed to satisfy the recursion. None of these is the paper's theorem; the goal is stated for the recursion itself.
  • Not in scope. "L♮-convex implies convex" for a generic function, which is false without regularity (a non-measurable additive function is L♮-convex in this sense); Lemma 3 and Corollary 5, for a follow-up mission that references Theorem 4; the smooth-case Hessian discussion; the infinite-horizon remarks.
  • Welcome contributions. Reusable lemmas on submodularity over sublattices of Rn\mathbb R^nRn (partial minimization, Topkis 2.7.6), on preservation of submodularity under integration, and on measurability of the value functions.

Selected references

  • P. Zipkin, On the structure of lost-sales inventory models, Operations Research 56(4) (2008) 937–944. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1070.0482
  • S. Karlin and H. Scarf, Inventory models of the Arrow–Harris–Marschak type with time lag, in Arrow, Karlin, Scarf (eds.), Studies in the Mathematical Theory of Inventory and Production, Stanford University Press, 1958.
  • T. E. Morton, Bounds on the solution of the lagged optimal inventory equation with no demand backlogging and proportional costs, SIAM Review 11(4) (1969) 572–596. https://doi.org/10.1137/1011090
  • K. Murota, Discrete Convex Analysis, SIAM, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9780898718508
  • D. M. Topkis, Supermodularity and Complementarity, Princeton University Press, 1998.
8 thms1 active userReviewed
AnalysisOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Some Useful Functions for Functional Limit Theorems 2: Addition, Supremum and the Reflecting Barrier Preserve J₁ Convergence of Linearly Centered PathsResearch Paper

Motivation

Queueing models often represent work arriving to and leaving a server by a real-valued input path. The resulting workload cannot fall below a barrier. Functional limit theorems describe what happens to such paths under scaling, but a limit for the input path is useful only when it can be carried through the workload transformation. Ward Whitt’s 1980 paper studies several path transformations that occur in stochastic-process limits and states conditions under which their limits can be computed in Skorohod topologies. Section 6 treats the running supremum and a reflecting barrier, including paths with a linear drift that changes with the scaling index. This mission formalizes the three-regime reflection result, Theorem 6.4, and the source results on its dependency path. Whitt (1980)

The result is already proved in the paper. Its formal Lean statement remains an open proof target here. The mission is therefore concerned with formalizing the known theorem, including its exact jump conditions and convergence modes, rather than proposing a new queueing claim. Whitt (1980), pp. 80–81

Setting

A càdlàg path on a real interval TTT is right-continuous and has a limit from the left wherever TTT approaches a time from the left. The collection of such real-valued paths is D(T,R)D(T,\mathbb R)D(T,R). For a compact interval [a,b][a,b][a,b], the J1J_1J1​ distance between xxx and yyy allows an increasing homeomorphism λ\lambdaλ of time and measures the larger of its distance from the identity and the uniform distance between xxx and y∘λy\circ\lambday∘λ. On a general interval, J1J_1J1​ convergence is specified by restrictions to compact subintervals whose endpoints are continuity points of the limit or endpoints of TTT. The paper uses complete separable metric spaces for general path-space results; Section 6 specializes to real-valued paths and intervals with 000 as a closed left endpoint. Whitt (1980), pp. 70, 80

For x∈D(T,R)x\in D(T,\mathbb R)x∈D(T,R) and t∈Tt\in Tt∈T, define the running supremum x↑(t)=sup⁡0≤s≤tx(s)x^{\uparrow}(t)=\sup_{0\le s\le t}x(s)x↑(t)=sup0≤s≤t​x(s) and running infimum x↓(t)=inf⁡0≤s≤tx(s)x^{\downarrow}(t)=\inf_{0\le s\le t}x(s)x↓(t)=inf0≤s≤t​x(s). The reflecting-barrier map is f(x)(t)=x(t)−x↓(t)f(x)(t)=x(t)-x^{\downarrow}(t)f(x)(t)=x(t)−x↓(t). This is the paper’s definition: it subtracts the full running infimum. The identity path is e(t)=te(t)=te(t)=t, and θ\thetaθ denotes the zero path. A path has no positive jumps if x(t)≤x(t−)x(t)\le x(t-)x(t)≤x(t−) for each t>0t>0t>0 in TTT; no negative jumps reverses that inequality. Whitt (1980), pp. 80–81

Formalization targets

The goal is Theorem 6.4. Suppose xn−cne→xx_n-c_ne\to xxn​−cn​e→x in J1J_1J1​ and x(0)=0x(0)=0x(0)=0. Its three conclusions are

cn→c  ⟹  f(xn)→f(x+ce)(J1),cn→+∞  ⟹  f(xn)−cne→x(J1),cn→−∞ and x has no positive jumps  ⟹  f(xn)→θ(U).\begin{aligned} c_n\to c &\implies f(x_n)\to f(x+ce) &&(J_1),\\ c_n\to+\infty &\implies f(x_n)-c_ne\to x &&(J_1),\\ c_n\to-\infty\ \text{and }x\text{ has no positive jumps} &\implies f(x_n)\to\theta &&(U). \end{aligned}cn​→ccn​→+∞cn​→−∞ and x has no positive jumps​⟹f(xn​)→f(x+ce)⟹f(xn​)−cn​e→x⟹f(xn​)→θ​​(J1​),(J1​),(U).​

Here UUU means uniform convergence on every compact subinterval. The goal keeps all three drift regimes together, as the printed theorem does. Its milestones are the finite-partition fact cited from Billingsley, the interval-splitting Lemma 2.2, continuity of addition at limits without shared discontinuities in Theorem 4.1, the running-supremum inequality in Theorem 6.1, the three-regime supremum theorem 6.2, and the paper’s explicit claim that fff is J1J_1J1​-continuous. Whitt (1980), pp. 71, 79–81

Significance

The theorem specifies which output path appears after reflection as the linear centering changes. Finite drift leaves a reflected limit with drift included; large positive drift leaves the centered input limit; large negative drift drives the reflected path uniformly to zero when upward jumps of the limit are excluded. The distinction between J1J_1J1​ and the stronger compact-uniform mode in the last case is part of the result. These statements make the paper’s barrier transformation usable when an input-process limit is already known. Whitt (1980), Theorem 6.4

A completed formal development would establish reusable path-space components: a precise J1J_1J1​ convergence interface for real intervals, a theorem about addition with disjoint discontinuities, and continuity properties of running extrema and reflection. The present Lean items state these results and compile with proof placeholders. No machine-checked proof of these mission theorems is claimed here. The milestone list follows the claims Whitt states or cites, so later proofs can be attached to the same mathematical targets. Whitt (1980), §§2, 4, 6

Difficulty

A uniform estimate alone does not establish a J1J_1J1​ limit: separate paths may converge using different changes of time, and addition can fail when the limiting paths jump together. Whitt’s Theorem 4.1 gives continuity precisely at pairs with disjoint discontinuity sets. In the reflection theorem, a linearly growing drift also changes which extrema matter, and the sign of a jump decides whether the large-drift conclusion can hold. The negative-drift conclusion asks for compact-uniform convergence, which is stronger than merely retaining J1J_1J1​ convergence. These are real constraints on the statement; dropping a jump condition or replacing UUU by J1J_1J1​ changes the theorem. Whitt (1980), pp. 78–81

Formalization scope

Paths are total functions R→S\mathbb R\to SR→S, but only their values on the stated interval count. The Lean definitions require càdlàg membership of both prelimit and limit paths in each J1J_1J1​ convergence claim. A time change on [a,b][a,b][a,b] is strictly increasing, continuous, and onto; this represents the paper’s increasing homeomorphism. Uniform and J1J_1J1​ distances take values in the extended nonnegative reals, so an unbounded supremum cannot silently become zero. Continuity points use continuity within TTT, and the discontinuity set likewise contains only points of TTT. Sequential convergence is used because the paper’s J1J_1J1​ spaces are metrizable. These choices encode the paper’s path-space conventions rather than imposing conditions on values outside TTT. Whitt (1980), §§2, 4, 6

The compact form of Theorem 6.1 uses metric (2.1); the noncompact metric (2.2) is outside this mission’s definition layer. Theorem 4.1 retains the paper’s complete separable metric-space setting and metric compatibility of addition. Its measurability clause is omitted: this mission does not construct the Borel measurable space of D(T,S)D(T,S)D(T,S), and a product measurable structure on all total functions would express a different claim. The source’s f(x)=x−x↓f(x)=x-x^{\downarrow}f(x)=x−x↓ is used on both prelimit and limit paths; it is not replaced by a clipped running infimum. Whitt (1980), pp. 70, 78–81

The definition layer, the addition theorem, the running-extremum results, and the barrier continuity statement are welcome proof targets. The theorem’s centered-path hypothesis remains a genuine J1J_1J1​ convergence assertion, and the jump conditions apply to the limit path only. A vacuous convergence predicate or an independently assumed conclusion would not represent this mission’s goal.

Selected references

  • Ward Whitt, Some Useful Functions for Functional Limit Theorems, Mathematics of Operations Research 5(1), 1980, pp. 67–85. DOI: 10.1287/moor.5.1.67
9 thms1 active userReviewed
AnalysisOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Some Useful Functions for Functional Limit Theorems 4: Time Reversal Is a J₁ Isometry and Reversal from the Origin Is 2-LipschitzResearch Paper

Why time reversal matters

Functional limit theorems describe the behavior of entire time-indexed paths under scaling. In queueing and other stochastic models, a path of departures, workload, or accumulated input may be related to another path by reversing a finite observation window. To carry a limit theorem through that change of viewpoint, one needs to know how reversal acts on the topology of the path space. Ward Whitt's 1980 paper studies composition, reflection, first passage, and time reversal as maps that transfer functional limit theorems to derived processes (Whitt 1980).

The time-reversal result is a precise metric statement. Ordinary reversal preserves the Skorohod J1J_1J1​ distance exactly. A version shifted to begin at the group identity satisfies a bound with constant two. These facts give continuity and, when the random paths satisfy the hypotheses, make reversal available to the continuous mapping theorem. Whitt's introduction explains how deterministic path continuity connects to stochastic-process limits (Whitt 1980, pp. 67–69).

Paths, distances, and reversal

Let SSS be a complete separable metric group, written additively, with identity 000 and metric mmm. The metric is translation invariant: moving both points by the same group element leaves their distance unchanged. Let DDD contain the càdlàg paths x:[0,1]→Sx:[0,1]\to Sx:[0,1]→S, meaning paths that are right continuous and possess left limits. Section 8 additionally requires x(1)=x(1−)x(1)=x(1-)x(1)=x(1−), so the terminal value agrees with the value approached from earlier times. Let Dθ={x∈D:x(0)=0}D_\theta=\{x\in D:x(0)=0\}Dθ​={x∈D:x(0)=0}. These are the spaces Whitt fixes for time reversal (Whitt 1980, p. 83).

The uniform distance is ρ(x,y)=sup⁡0≤t≤1m(x(t),y(t))\rho(x,y)=\sup_{0\le t\le1}m(x(t),y(t))ρ(x,y)=sup0≤t≤1​m(x(t),y(t)). A time change λ∈Λ\lambda\in\Lambdaλ∈Λ is an increasing homeomorphism of [0,1][0,1][0,1] onto itself; e(t)=te(t)=te(t)=t is the identity time change. The J1J_1J1​ distance used in the paper is

d(x,y)=inf⁡λ∈Λmax⁡{ρ(λ,e),ρ(x,y∘λ)}.d(x,y)=\inf_{\lambda\in\Lambda} \max\{\rho(\lambda,e),\rho(x,y\circ\lambda)\}.d(x,y)=λ∈Λinf​max{ρ(λ,e),ρ(x,y∘λ)}.

Two paths may be close when their values can be matched after a small distortion of time. This is the paper's equation (2.1), rather than an unspecified equivalent J1J_1J1​ metric (Whitt 1980, p. 70).

The reverse-time map reads the left limit at the reflected time:

R(x)(t)={x((1−t)−),0≤t<1,x(0),t=1,r(x)(t)=R(x)(t)−x(1).R(x)(t)= \begin{cases} x((1-t)-),&0\le t<1,\\ x(0),&t=1, \end{cases} \qquad r(x)(t)=R(x)(t)-x(1).R(x)(t)={x((1−t)−),x(0),​0≤t<1,t=1,​r(x)(t)=R(x)(t)−x(1).

The left limit is essential: the direct value x(1−t)x(1-t)x(1−t) places jumps on the wrong side and generally does not give a right-continuous reverse path. The terminal convention gives R(x)(0)=x(1)R(x)(0)=x(1)R(x)(0)=x(1), so r(x)(0)=0r(x)(0)=0r(x)(0)=0. Whitt also uses the reflected time change (−r)(λ)(t)=1−λ(1−t)(-r)(\lambda)(t)=1-\lambda(1-t)(−r)(λ)(t)=1−λ(1−t) in the proof (Whitt 1980, pp. 83–84).

Formalization targets

The goal is Whitt's Theorem 8.1. For every x,y∈Dx,y\in Dx,y∈D,

d(Rx,Ry)=d(x,y),d(rx,ry)≤2d(x,y).d(Rx,Ry)=d(x,y),\qquad d(rx,ry)\le 2d(x,y).d(Rx,Ry)=d(x,y),d(rx,ry)≤2d(x,y).

The second inequality also applies when both paths lie in DθD_\thetaDθ​, since Dθ⊆DD_\theta\subseteq DDθ​⊆D. The constant is the paper's printed constant, not a parameter to optimize in this mission (Whitt 1980, Theorem 8.1, p. 83).

The milestones record four claims from the theorem's proof: reversal preserves its path spaces and has inverse behavior on its natural domains; reflected time changes stay in Λ\LambdaΛ; reversal obeys exact and bounded uniform-distance relations; and reversal interacts with time changes through (−r)(λ)(-r)(\lambda)(−r)(λ). Their descriptions reproduce the printed proof sentences. The proof calls the time-change cost a “minimum” once, although equation (2.1) and the displayed calculation use a maximum. The formal target follows equation (2.1) (Whitt 1980, pp. 70, 84).

What the result gives

An isometry preserves every J1J_1J1​ distance, so ordinary reversal preserves convergent and Cauchy sequences in this metric. The bound for rrr makes shifted reversal Lipschitz and therefore continuous. A functional limit theorem for input paths can then be translated into one for the corresponding reversed paths whenever the path-space hypotheses hold. The result is already proved in Whitt's paper; the open work here is a machine-checked development of its definitions, supporting claims, and metric theorem.

Formalizing the result also creates reusable interfaces for endpoint-constrained càdlàg paths, left-limit reversal, uniform path distance, and reflected time changes. Those interfaces may support later statements about reversed stochastic models. This mission does not assert weak convergence of probability laws or Borel measurability; those would require a separate measurable-space development for DDD.

Mathematical difficulty

The immediate idea t↦x(1−t)t\mapsto x(1-t)t↦x(1−t) does not preserve càdlàg paths at jumps: a right-continuous jump becomes left-continuous. The correction uses left limits, but endpoint behavior then matters. Without x(1)=x(1−)x(1)=x(1-)x(1)=x(1−), the shifted reverse path need not start at the identity. The J1J_1J1​ assertion also concerns an infimum over all allowed time changes, so a uniform-distance statement alone does not establish the theorem. These are the points at which reflection of the time axis becomes a claim about the precise path-space topology (Whitt 1980, pp. 83–84).

Formalization scope

Lean represents paths as total functions R→S\mathbb R\to SR→S; all path conditions, metrics, and equality claims read only [0,1][0,1][0,1]. Càdlàg membership requires right continuity and left limits within the interval, with x(1)=x(1−)x(1)=x(1-)x(1)=x(1−) included in DDD. Completeness and separability are explicit because the paper calls SSS a complete separable metric space. The additive metric group is represented by an additive commutative group with an explicit translation-invariance hypothesis. This chooses the commutative reading exemplified by S=RkS=\mathbb R^kS=Rk; the paper uses additive notation but does not separately state commutativity.

The paper's Λ\LambdaΛ is encoded by strict increase, continuity, and surjectivity on [0,1][0,1][0,1], which characterize increasing homeomorphisms there. The paper's ddd is equation (2.1) on both sides of the goal. Lean uses extended nonnegative distances for ρ\rhoρ and ddd, avoiding the default value a real supremum can assign to an empty or unbounded set. The claims do not become trivial by dropping DDD membership: it is an explicit hypothesis, and the zero path over R\mathbb RR satisfies it. A local, sorry-free check confirms that instance. Two easier statements are excluded on purpose: the goal is stated for the J1J_1J1​ distance ddd, not the uniform distance ρ\rhoρ, and RRR reads the left limit x((1−t)−)x((1-t)-)x((1−t)−), not the value x(1−t)x(1-t)x(1−t).

The proof's first sentence says the maps are one-to-one and onto. The map r:D→Dθr:D\to D_\thetar:D→Dθ​ forgets an additive offset and is not injective on all of DDD; the formal milestone expresses involution for RRR on DDD and for the restriction of rrr to DθD_\thetaDθ​. One identity printed for rrr with x∈Dθx\in D_\thetax∈Dθ​ also holds for every x∈Dx\in Dx∈D; the formal milestone uses that broader domain and says so in its item description. Contributions are welcome for the left-limit and time-change infrastructure as well as the four listed statements and the goal.

Selected references

  • Ward Whitt, Some Useful Functions for Functional Limit Theorems, Mathematics of Operations Research 5(1), 1980, pp. 67–85. DOI: 10.1287/moor.5.1.67.
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

An Airline Seat Management Model for a Single Leg Route When Lower Fare Classes Book First: The Marginal Seat Value ΔZ_m(n) Decreases in n, So Rejecting Class m Exactly When n ≤ k_m Is OptimalResearch Paper

Motivation

An airline sells the seats of one flight leg at several fares. Cheap fares are usually booked well before departure and expensive ones close to it, so every early request poses the same question: is the certain revenue of selling a seat now worth more than the chance of selling it later at a higher fare? The policy that answers it is seat inventory control, a core problem of airline revenue management.

For two fare classes the answer is Littlewood's rule (1972): accept a low-fare request as long as the low fare is at least the high fare times the probability that high-fare demand would fill the remaining seats. Belobaba (1987) extended it heuristically to several classes through expected marginal seat revenue (EMSR) protection levels, which are not optimal in general. Wollmer (Operations Research 40(1), 1992) solved the multi-class problem exactly under the assumption that the classes book in order of increasing fare: he showed that an optimal policy is described by one critical value per fare class, computed by a short recursion, and accepts a request precisely when the number of empty seats exceeds the critical value of its class. Brumelle and McGill (Operations Research 41(1), 1993) and later work on nested booking limits reached optimality of static protection levels by other routes.

Setting

There are c≥2c \ge 2c≥2 fare classes, numbered 1,…,c1, \dots, c1,…,c from the highest fare to the lowest, with fares

r1>r2>⋯>rc>0.r_1 > r_2 > \cdots > r_c > 0 .r1​>r2​>⋯>rc​>0.

Class mmm has a random demand Dm∈{0,1,2,… }D_m \in \{0, 1, 2, \dots\}Dm​∈{0,1,2,…}, the number of its future booking requests, with probabilities P[Dm=i]P[D_m = i]P[Dm​=i], P[Dm≥n]P[D_m \ge n]P[Dm​≥n], P[Dm≤i]P[D_m \le i]P[Dm​≤i]. Seats form one pool, and nnn denotes the number of empty seats. Lower classes book first: all requests of class mmm arrive before those of classes 1,…,m−11, \dots, m-11,…,m−1. The paper assumes r2<r1P[D1≥1]r_2 < r_1 P[D_1 \ge 1]r2​<r1​P[D1​≥1], so that a class 2 request is refused when one seat remains.

The optimal value Zm(n)Z_m(n)Zm​(n) is the expected revenue under an optimal policy when nnn seats are empty and only classes 1,…,m1, \dots, m1,…,m may still book. It satisfies Z0≡0Z_0 \equiv 0Z0​≡0 and

Zm(n)=E[max⁡0≤x≤min⁡(Dm,n)(rmx+Zm−1(n−x))],Z_m(n) = \mathbb E\Big[\max_{0 \le x \le \min(D_m, n)} \big(r_m x + Z_{m-1}(n-x)\big)\Big],Zm​(n)=E[0≤x≤min(Dm​,n)max​(rm​x+Zm−1​(n−x))],

where xxx is the number of class-mmm requests accepted. The marginal seat value is ΔZm(n)=Zm(n)−Zm(n−1)\Delta Z_m(n) = Z_m(n) - Z_m(n-1)ΔZm​(n)=Zm​(n)−Zm​(n−1) for n≥1n \ge 1n≥1, and the critical values are

k1=0,km=max⁡{ n≥1∣rm<ΔZm−1(n) }(m>1).(2)k_1 = 0, \qquad k_m = \max\{\, n \ge 1 \mid r_m < \Delta Z_{m-1}(n) \,\} \quad (m > 1). \tag{2}k1​=0,km​=max{n≥1∣rm​<ΔZm−1​(n)}(m>1).(2)

The critical-value rule for class mmm rejects a class-mmm request when n≤kmn \le k_mn≤km​ and accepts it when n≥km+1n \ge k_m + 1n≥km​+1; it accepts min⁡(Dm,(n−km)+)\min(D_m, (n-k_m)^+)min(Dm​,(n−km​)+) of the class's requests.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 with the rejection rule of §3

For every class 1≤m≤c1 \le m \le c1≤m≤c, ΔZm(n)\Delta Z_m(n)ΔZm​(n) is nonincreasing in n≥1n \ge 1n≥1. For every class 2≤m≤c2 \le m \le c2≤m≤c, the critical value kmk_mkm​ exists, Zm(n)=Zm−1(n)Z_m(n) = Z_{m-1}(n)Zm​(n)=Zm−1​(n) for n≤kmn \le k_mn≤km​, the critical-value rule attains the maximum in the recursion for Zm(n)Z_m(n)Zm​(n) (and accepting more requests is strictly worse), and for every j≥1j \ge 1j≥1

Zm(km+j)=Zm(km)+∑i=0j−1{ΔZm−1(km+j−i) P[Dm≤i]+rm P[Dm≥i+1]}.(6)Z_m(k_m+j) = Z_m(k_m) + \sum_{i=0}^{j-1} \Big\{ \Delta Z_{m-1}(k_m+j-i)\,P[D_m \le i] + r_m\,P[D_m \ge i+1] \Big\}. \tag{6}Zm​(km​+j)=Zm​(km​)+i=0∑j−1​{ΔZm−1​(km​+j−i)P[Dm​≤i]+rm​P[Dm​≥i+1]}.(6)

Milestones

  1. Eq. (3): Z1(n)=r1{nP[D1≥n]+∑j=0n−1jP[D1=j]}Z_1(n) = r_1\{nP[D_1 \ge n] + \sum_{j=0}^{n-1} jP[D_1 = j]\}Z1​(n)=r1​{nP[D1​≥n]+∑j=0n−1​jP[D1​=j]}.
  2. Eq. (4): ΔZ1(n)=r1P[D1≥n]\Delta Z_1(n) = r_1 P[D_1 \ge n]ΔZ1​(n)=r1​P[D1​≥n], nonincreasing in nnn.
  3. The note after (2b): if ΔZm−1\Delta Z_{m-1}ΔZm−1​ is nonincreasing, then rm<ΔZm−1(n)r_m < \Delta Z_{m-1}(n)rm​<ΔZm−1​(n) for n≤kmn \le k_mn≤km​ and rm≥ΔZm−1(n)r_m \ge \Delta Z_{m-1}(n)rm​≥ΔZm−1​(n) for n≥km+1n \ge k_m + 1n≥km​+1.
  4. The rule of §3: if ΔZm−1\Delta Z_{m-1}ΔZm−1​ is nonincreasing, rejecting class mmm exactly when n≤kmn \le k_mn≤km​ is optimal, and Zm=Zm−1Z_m = Z_{m-1}Zm​=Zm−1​ on n≤kmn \le k_mn≤km​.
  5. Lemma 1: the case j=1j = 1j=1 of (6) for class mˉ+1\bar m + 1mˉ+1, and ΔZmˉ+1(kmˉ+1+1)<ΔZmˉ+1(kmˉ+1)\Delta Z_{\bar m+1}(k_{\bar m+1}+1) < \Delta Z_{\bar m+1}(k_{\bar m+1})ΔZmˉ+1​(kmˉ+1​+1)<ΔZmˉ+1​(kmˉ+1​).
  6. The marginal display in the proof of Theorem 1: ΔZmˉ+1(kmˉ+1+j)=∑i<jΔZmˉ(kmˉ+1+j−i)P[Dmˉ+1=i]+rmˉ+1P[Dmˉ+1≥j]\Delta Z_{\bar m+1}(k_{\bar m+1}+j) = \sum_{i<j} \Delta Z_{\bar m}(k_{\bar m+1}+j-i)P[D_{\bar m+1} = i] + r_{\bar m+1}P[D_{\bar m+1} \ge j]ΔZmˉ+1​(kmˉ+1​+j)=∑i<j​ΔZmˉ​(kmˉ+1​+j−i)P[Dmˉ+1​=i]+rmˉ+1​P[Dmˉ+1​≥j].
  7. Theorem 1: (6) for class mˉ+1\bar m + 1mˉ+1, and ΔZmˉ+1\Delta Z_{\bar m+1}ΔZmˉ+1​ nonincreasing above kmˉ+1k_{\bar m+1}kmˉ+1​.

Significance

The theorem reduces a dynamic program over all booking policies to one integer per fare class. The critical values are computed class by class from (2b) and (6), in a number of operations polynomial in the number of seats and classes, and the resulting policy is a nested booking limit that reservation systems can implement directly. The abstract states two further properties derived from it: the critical value decreases with the fare and is zero for the highest class.

The result is proved in the paper; it has no machine-checked proof. A complete formalization would give a verified account of the multi-class seat allocation problem with sequential booking, including the existence of the critical values, which the paper presupposes. The intermediate statements (the concavity-type property of ZmZ_mZm​ and the closed form (6)) are reusable for nested-booking-limit results in related models.

Difficulty

The induction of the paper is short, but it relies on one property: ΔZm−1\Delta Z_{m-1}ΔZm−1​ must be nonincreasing for the threshold rule to be optimal for class mmm, and the threshold rule must be optimal for ΔZm\Delta Z_mΔZm​ to inherit the property. These two facts have to be carried together through the induction. The step at the threshold itself (n=km+1n = k_m + 1n=km​+1) behaves differently from the rest: there the marginal value drops strictly, and the argument above the threshold needs the maximality in (2b), not monotonicity alone. The existence of kmk_mkm​ is not argued on the page: it requires bounding the marginal seat value away from rmr_mrm​ for large nnn without assuming that demands have finite mean. The proofs of Lemma 1 and Theorem 1 also contain index slips (kmˉk_{\bar m}kmˉ​ printed for kmˉ+1k_{\bar m+1}kmˉ+1​) that a formal proof must not reproduce.

Formalization scope

All statements live in the namespace LowerFareFirst.Critical and rest on one definition module, LowerFareFirst.Critical.Model. Classes are natural numbers starting at 111; fares are a sequence r:N→Rr : \mathbb N \to \mathbb Rr:N→R and demands a sequence of measurable maps D:N→Ω→ND : \mathbb N \to \Omega \to \mathbb ND:N→Ω→N on a probability space (Ω,μ)(\Omega, \mu)(Ω,μ), of which only the entries 1,…,c1, \dots, c1,…,c are constrained. Probabilities are μ.real of events.

Committed conventions:

  • ZmZ_mZm​ is defined by the dynamic-programming recursion above, which is the reading of the paper's "expected revenue under an optimal policy". It is not the value of the critical-value policy and not defined by (6); either choice would make the goal definitional. Optimality of the rule is stated as attaining the maximum of the recursion for every realized demand.
  • "Decreasing" means nonincreasing. The strict reading is false: ΔZ1(n)=r1P[D1≥n]\Delta Z_1(n) = r_1 P[D_1 \ge n]ΔZ1​(n)=r1​P[D1​≥n] is constant wherever P[D1=n]=0P[D_1 = n] = 0P[D1​=n]=0.
  • kmk_mkm​ is the greatest element of {n≥1∣rm<ΔZm−1(n)}\{n \ge 1 \mid r_m < \Delta Z_{m-1}(n)\}{n≥1∣rm​<ΔZm−1​(n)}. Its existence is a conclusion of the goal, never a hypothesis; Lemma 1, Theorem 1 and the intermediate milestones take it as a hypothesis, as the page does.
  • The standing assumptions of §1 are bundled in one predicate: probability measure, measurable demands, c≥2c \ge 2c≥2, strictly decreasing fares, r2<r1P[D1≥1]r_2 < r_1 P[D_1 \ge 1]r2​<r1​P[D1​≥1], and rc>0r_c > 0rc​>0, an addition to the page: with rc≤0r_c \le 0rc​≤0 and unbounded demand the maximum in (2b) need not exist.
  • Independence of the demands is not assumed: the recursion uses only their marginal laws. For independent demands, the paper's setting, ZmZ_mZm​ is the optimal expected revenue.
  • Where the proofs print kmˉk_{\bar m}kmˉ​ for kmˉ+1k_{\bar m+1}kmˉ+1​, and where §3 says "class m+1m + 1m+1" for class mmm, the statements use the corrected index.

A complete development needs elementary facts about expectations of functions of an integer-valued random variable and finite maximization; nothing beyond Mathlib's measure theory. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are proofs of the abstract's remarks (kmk_mkm​ nonincreasing in the fare) as separate theorems.

Selected references

  • R. D. Wollmer, An Airline Seat Management Model for a Single Leg Route When Lower Fare Classes Book First, Operations Research 40(1), 26–37, 1992. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.40.1.26
  • K. Littlewood, Forecasting and Control of Passenger Bookings, AGIFORS Symposium Proceedings 12, 1972; reprinted in Journal of Revenue and Pricing Management 4(2), 111–123, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1057/palgrave.rpm.5170134
  • P. P. Belobaba, Airline Yield Management: An Overview of Seat Inventory Control, Transportation Science 21(2), 63–73, 1987. https://doi.org/10.1287/trsc.21.2.63
  • S. L. Brumelle, J. I. McGill, Airline Seat Allocation with Multiple Nested Fare Classes, Operations Research 41(1), 127–137, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.41.1.127
9 thms1 active userReviewed
PreviousPage 32 of 38Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me